1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 }
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
112   case tok::kw_bool:
113   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
114     return true;
115 
116   case tok::annot_typename:
117   case tok::kw_char16_t:
118   case tok::kw_char32_t:
119   case tok::kw_typeof:
120   case tok::annot_decltype:
121   case tok::kw_decltype:
122     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
123 
124   default:
125     break;
126   }
127 
128   return false;
129 }
130 
131 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
132                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
133                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
134   // Find the first parent class template context, if any.
135   // FIXME: Perform the lookup in all enclosing class templates.
136   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
137   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
138     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
139     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
140       break;
141   }
142   if (!RD)
143     return ParsedType();
144 
145   // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
146   // templates.
147   bool FoundTypeDecl = false;
148   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
149     auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
150     if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
151       continue;
152     auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
153     if (!TD)
154       continue;
155     auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
156         dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
157     if (!BasePrimaryTemplate)
158       continue;
159     // FIXME: Allow lookup into non-dependent bases of dependent bases, possibly
160     // by calling or integrating with the main LookupQualifiedName mechanism.
161     for (NamedDecl *ND : BasePrimaryTemplate->lookup(&II)) {
162       if (FoundTypeDecl)
163         return ParsedType();
164       FoundTypeDecl = isa<TypeDecl>(ND);
165       if (!FoundTypeDecl)
166         return ParsedType();
167     }
168   }
169   if (!FoundTypeDecl)
170     return ParsedType();
171 
172   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
173   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
174   // lookup during template instantiation.
175   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
176 
177   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
178   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
179                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
180   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
181 
182   CXXScopeSpec SS;
183   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
184 
185   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
186   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
187   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
188   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
189   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
190   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
191 }
192 
193 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
194 /// return the declaration of that type.
195 ///
196 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
197 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
198 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
199 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
200 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
201 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
202                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
203                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
204                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
205                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
206                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
207                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
208   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
209   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
210   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
211     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
212     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
213       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
214   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
215     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
216 
217     if (!LookupCtx) {
218       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
219         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
220         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
221         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
222         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
223         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
224         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
225         //
226         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
227         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
228         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
229           return ParsedType();
230 
231         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
232         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
233         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
234           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
235 
236         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
237         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
238                                        II, NameLoc);
239         return ParsedType::make(T);
240       }
241 
242       return ParsedType();
243     }
244 
245     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
246         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
247       return ParsedType();
248   }
249 
250   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
251   // lookup for class-names.
252   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
253                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
254   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
255   if (LookupCtx) {
256     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
257     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
258     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
259     // nested-name-specifier.
260     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
261 
262     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
263       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
264       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
265       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
266       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
267       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
268       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
269       LookupName(Result, S);
270     }
271   } else {
272     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
273     LookupName(Result, S);
274 
275     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
276     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
277     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
278       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
279               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
280         return TypeInBase;
281     }
282   }
283 
284   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
285   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
286   case LookupResult::NotFound:
287   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
288     if (CorrectedII) {
289       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
290       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
291                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator,
292                                               CTK_ErrorRecovery);
293       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
294       TemplateTy Template;
295       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
296       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
297       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
298       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
299       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
300       if (SS && NNS) {
301         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
302         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
303       }
304       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
305           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
306           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
307           // is handled elsewhere).
308           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
309             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
310                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
311         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
312                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
313                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
314                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
315         if (Ty) {
316           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
317                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
318                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
319           if (SS && NNS)
320             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
321           *CorrectedII = NewII;
322           return Ty;
323         }
324       }
325     }
326     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
327   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
328   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
329     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
330     return ParsedType();
331 
332   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
333     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
334     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
335     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
336     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
337     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
338     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
339       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
340       return ParsedType();
341     }
342 
343     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
344     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
345          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
346       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
347         if (!IIDecl ||
348             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
349               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
350           IIDecl = *Res;
351       }
352     }
353 
354     if (!IIDecl) {
355       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
356       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
357       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
358       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
359       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
360       // a type name.
361       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
362       return ParsedType();
363     }
364 
365     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
366     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
367     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
368     // perform the name lookup again.
369     break;
370 
371   case LookupResult::Found:
372     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
373     break;
374   }
375 
376   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
377 
378   QualType T;
379   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
380     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
381 
382     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
383     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
384 
385     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
386     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
387     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
388     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
389       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
390         // Construct a type with type-source information.
391         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
392         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
393 
394         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
395         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
396         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
397         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
398         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
399       } else {
400         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
401       }
402     }
403   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
404     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
405     if (!HasTrailingDot)
406       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
407   }
408 
409   if (T.isNull()) {
410     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
411     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
412     return ParsedType();
413   }
414   return ParsedType::make(T);
415 }
416 
417 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
418 static NestedNameSpecifier *
419 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
420   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
421     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
422     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
423     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
424       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
425     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
426       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
427                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
428     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
429       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
430   }
431   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
432 }
433 
434 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
435                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
436   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
437   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
438   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
439 
440   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
441   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
442   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
443   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
444       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
445   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
446 
447   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
448   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
449   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
450   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
451   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
452 
453   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
454   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
455   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
456   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
457   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
458   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
459 }
460 
461 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
462 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
463 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
464 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
465 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
466 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
467   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
468   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
469   LookupName(R, S, false);
470   R.suppressDiagnostics();
471   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
472     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
473       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
474       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
475       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
476       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
477       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
478       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
479       }
480     }
481 
482   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
483 }
484 
485 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
486 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
487 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
488 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
489 /// @code
490 /// template<class T> class A {
491 /// public:
492 ///   typedef int TYPE;
493 /// };
494 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
495 /// public:
496 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
497 /// };
498 /// @endcode
499 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
500   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
501     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
502       return true;
503 
504     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
505 
506     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
507     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
508       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
509         return true;
510     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
511   }
512   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
513 }
514 
515 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
516                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
517                                    Scope *S,
518                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
519                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
520                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
521   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
522   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
523 
524   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
525   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
526   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates);
527   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
528                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
529                                              Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
530     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
531       // We corrected to a keyword.
532       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
533       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
534     } else {
535       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
536       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
537         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
538                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
539       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
540         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
541         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
542                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
543         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
544                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
545                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
546       } else {
547         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
548       }
549 
550       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
551       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
552         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
553                           SourceRange(IILoc));
554       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
555                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
556                                   false, ParsedType(),
557                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
558                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
559     }
560     return;
561   }
562 
563   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
564     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
565     UnqualifiedId Name;
566     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
567     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
568     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
569     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
570     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
571                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
572                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
573       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
574       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
575       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
576         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
577           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
578       }
579       return;
580     }
581   }
582 
583   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
584   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
585 
586   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
587     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
588   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
589     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
590       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
591   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
592     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
593     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
594       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
595 
596     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
597       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
598       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
599       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
600     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
601                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
602   } else {
603     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
604            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
605   }
606 }
607 
608 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
609 /// or
610 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
611   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
612                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
613 
614   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
615     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
616       return true;
617 
618     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
619       return true;
620   }
621 
622   return false;
623 }
624 
625 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
626                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
627                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
628                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
629   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
630   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
631   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
632     StringRef FixItTagName;
633     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
634       case TTK_Class:
635         FixItTagName = "class ";
636         break;
637 
638       case TTK_Enum:
639         FixItTagName = "enum ";
640         break;
641 
642       case TTK_Struct:
643         FixItTagName = "struct ";
644         break;
645 
646       case TTK_Interface:
647         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
648         break;
649 
650       case TTK_Union:
651         FixItTagName = "union ";
652         break;
653     }
654 
655     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
656     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
657       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
658       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
659 
660     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
661          I != IEnd; ++I)
662       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
663         << Name << TagName;
664 
665     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
666     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
667     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
668     return true;
669   }
670 
671   return false;
672 }
673 
674 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
675 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
676                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
677   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
678 
679   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
680   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
681 
682   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
683   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
684   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
685   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
686   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
687 }
688 
689 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
690                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
691                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
692                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
693                                             const Token &NextToken,
694                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
695                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
696   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
697   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
698 
699   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
700     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
701                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
702   }
703 
704   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
705   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
706 
707   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
708   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
709   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
710     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
711             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
712       return TypeInBase;
713   }
714 
715   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
716   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
717   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
718   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
719   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
720     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
721     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
722       return E;
723   }
724 
725   bool SecondTry = false;
726   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
727 
728 Corrected:
729   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
730   case LookupResult::NotFound:
731     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
732     // call.
733     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
734       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
735       // FIXME: Reference?
736       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
737         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
738 
739       // C90 6.3.2.2:
740       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
741       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
742       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
743       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
744       //   the function call, the declaration
745       //
746       //     extern int identifier ();
747       //
748       //   appeared.
749       //
750       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
751       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
752         Result.addDecl(D);
753         Result.resolveKind();
754         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
755       }
756     }
757 
758     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
759     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
760     // "struct", or "union".
761     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
762         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
763       break;
764     }
765 
766     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
767     // close to this name.
768     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
769       SecondTry = true;
770       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
771                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
772                                                  &SS, *CCC,
773                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
774         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
775         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
776 
777         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
778         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
779           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
780         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
781             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
782           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
783           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
784         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
785                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
786                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
787                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
788           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
789           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
790         }
791 
792         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
793           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
794         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
795           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
796           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
797                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
798           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
799                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
800                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
801         }
802 
803         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
804         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
805 
806         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
807         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
808           return Name;
809 
810         // Also update the LookupResult...
811         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
812         Result.clear();
813         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
814         if (FirstDecl)
815           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
816 
817         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
818         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
819         // reference the ivar.
820         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
821         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
822           Result.clear();
823           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
824           return E;
825         }
826 
827         goto Corrected;
828       }
829     }
830 
831     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
832     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
833     return NameClassification::Unknown();
834 
835   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
836     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
837     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
838     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
839 
840     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
841     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
842     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
843     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
844     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
845     //
846     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
847     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
848     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
849     // keyword here.
850     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
851                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
852                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
853   }
854 
855   case LookupResult::Found:
856   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
857   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
858     break;
859 
860   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
861     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
862         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
863       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
864       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
865       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
866       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
867       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
868       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
869       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
870       //   ambiguous.
871       //
872       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
873       // so try again after filtering out template names.
874       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
875       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
876         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
877         break;
878       }
879     }
880 
881     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
882     return NameClassification::Error();
883   }
884 
885   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
886       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
887     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
888     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
889     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
890     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
891     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
892     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
893     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
894       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
895 
896     if (!Result.empty()) {
897       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
898       bool IsVarTemplate;
899       TemplateName Template;
900       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
901         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
902         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
903                                                      Result.end());
904       } else {
905         TemplateDecl *TD
906           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
907         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
908         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
909 
910         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
911           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
912                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
913                                                       TD);
914         else
915           Template = TemplateName(TD);
916       }
917 
918       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
919         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
920         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
921         // to based on which function we selected.
922         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
923 
924         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
925       }
926 
927       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
928                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
929     }
930   }
931 
932   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
933   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
934     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
935     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
936     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
937     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
938       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
939     return ParsedType::make(T);
940   }
941 
942   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
943   if (!Class) {
944     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
945     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
946             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
947       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
948   }
949 
950   if (Class) {
951     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
952 
953     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
954       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
955       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
956       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
957       return NameClassification::Unknown();
958     }
959 
960     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
961     return ParsedType::make(T);
962   }
963 
964   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
965   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
966     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
967         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
968 
969   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
970   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
971   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
972   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
973        (NextIsOp &&
974         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
975       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
976     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
977     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
978     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
979     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
980       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
981     return ParsedType::make(T);
982   }
983 
984   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
985     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
986                                            nullptr);
987 
988   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
989   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
990 }
991 
992 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
993 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
994 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
995 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
996 
997   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
998   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
999   // the context we'll need to return to.
1000   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1001   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1002   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1003   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1004   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1005   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1006   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1007   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1008   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1009   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1010     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1011 
1012     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1013     // lexical context.
1014     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1015       return DC;
1016 
1017     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1018     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1019     // class is the context we need to return to.
1020     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1021       DC = RD;
1022 
1023     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1024     // declared in.
1025     return DC;
1026   }
1027 
1028   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1029 }
1030 
1031 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1032   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1033       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1034   CurContext = DC;
1035   S->setEntity(DC);
1036 }
1037 
1038 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1039   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1040 
1041   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1042   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1043 }
1044 
1045 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1046 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1047 ///
1048 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1049   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1050   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1051   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1052   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1053   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1054   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1055   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1056   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1057   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1058   //   namespace.
1059   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1060   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1061   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1062   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1063   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1064 
1065   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1066 
1067 #ifndef NDEBUG
1068   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1069   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1070   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1071 #endif
1072 
1073   CurContext = DC;
1074   S->setEntity(DC);
1075 }
1076 
1077 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1078   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1079 
1080   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1081   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1082   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1083   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1084   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1085 
1086   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1087   // disappear.
1088 }
1089 
1090 
1091 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1092   // We assume that the caller has already called
1093   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1094   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1095   if (!FD)
1096     return;
1097 
1098   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1099   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1100   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1101     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1102   CurContext = FD;
1103   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1104 
1105   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1106     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1107     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1108     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1109       S->AddDecl(Param);
1110       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1111     }
1112   }
1113 }
1114 
1115 
1116 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1117   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1118   // rather than the top-level class.
1119   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1120   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1121   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1122 }
1123 
1124 
1125 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1126 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1127 ///
1128 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1129 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1130 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1131 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1132 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1133 /// attribute.
1134 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1135                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1136   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1137     return true;
1138 
1139   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1140     return true;
1141 
1142   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1143           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1144 }
1145 
1146 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1147 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1148   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1149   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1150   // scope.
1151   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1152     S = S->getParent();
1153 
1154   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1155   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1156   // into any context.
1157   if (AddToContext)
1158     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1159 
1160   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1161   // are function-local declarations.
1162   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1163       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1164         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1165       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1166     return;
1167 
1168   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1169   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1170       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1171     return;
1172 
1173   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1174   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1175                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1176   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1177     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1178       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1179       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1180 
1181       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1182       break;
1183     }
1184   }
1185 
1186   S->AddDecl(D);
1187 
1188   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1189     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1190     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1191     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1192     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1193       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1194       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1195         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1196           continue;
1197       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1198         break;
1199     }
1200 
1201     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1202   } else {
1203     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1204   }
1205 }
1206 
1207 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1208   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1209     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1210 }
1211 
1212 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1213                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1214   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1215 }
1216 
1217 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1218   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1219   do {
1220     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1221       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1222         return S;
1223   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1224 
1225   return nullptr;
1226 }
1227 
1228 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1229                                             DeclContext*,
1230                                             ASTContext&);
1231 
1232 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1233 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1234 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1235                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1236                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1237   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1238   while (F.hasNext()) {
1239     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1240 
1241     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1242       continue;
1243 
1244     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1245       continue;
1246 
1247     F.erase();
1248   }
1249 
1250   F.done();
1251 }
1252 
1253 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1254   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1255          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1256          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1257 }
1258 
1259 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1260 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1261   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1262   while (F.hasNext())
1263     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1264       F.erase();
1265 
1266   F.done();
1267 }
1268 
1269 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1270 /// @code
1271 /// class S {
1272 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1273 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1274 /// };
1275 /// @endcode
1276 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1277   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1278   // the decl here.
1279   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1280     return false;
1281 
1282   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1283     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1284   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1285     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1286   return false;
1287 }
1288 
1289 // We need this to handle
1290 //
1291 // typedef struct {
1292 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1293 // } A;
1294 //
1295 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1296 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1297 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1298 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1299 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1300 // not.
1301 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1302   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1303   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1304     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1305       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1306         return true;
1307     }
1308     DC = DC->getParent();
1309   }
1310 
1311   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1312 }
1313 
1314 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1315 // these semantics.
1316 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1317   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1318     return false;
1319   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1320 }
1321 
1322 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1323   assert(D);
1324 
1325   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1326     return false;
1327 
1328   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1329   // of members of class templates.
1330   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1331       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1332     return false;
1333 
1334   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1335     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1336       return false;
1337 
1338     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1339       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1340         return false;
1341     } else {
1342       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1343       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1344         return false;
1345     }
1346 
1347     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1348         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1349       return false;
1350   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1351     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1352     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1353     // like "inline".)
1354     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1355       return false;
1356 
1357     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1358       return false;
1359 
1360     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1361         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1362       return false;
1363   } else {
1364     return false;
1365   }
1366 
1367   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1368   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1369   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1370   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1371 }
1372 
1373 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1374   if (!D)
1375     return;
1376 
1377   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1378     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1379     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1380       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1381   }
1382 
1383   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1384     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1385     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1386       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1387   }
1388 
1389   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1390     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1391 }
1392 
1393 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1394   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1395     return false;
1396 
1397   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1398       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1399     return false;
1400 
1401   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1402     return true;
1403 
1404   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1405   // functions.
1406   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1407   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1408     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1409     WithinFunction =
1410         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1411   if (!WithinFunction)
1412     return false;
1413 
1414   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1415     return true;
1416 
1417   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1418   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1419     return false;
1420 
1421   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1422   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1423 
1424     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1425     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1426 
1427     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1428     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1429       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1430         return false;
1431     }
1432 
1433     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1434     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1435     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1436       return false;
1437 
1438     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1439       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1440       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1441         return false;
1442 
1443       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1444         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1445           return false;
1446 
1447         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1448           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1449                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1450             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1451           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1452             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1453           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1454             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1455             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1456               return false;
1457           }
1458         }
1459       }
1460     }
1461 
1462     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1463   }
1464 
1465   return true;
1466 }
1467 
1468 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1469                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1470   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1471     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1472                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1473     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1474       return;
1475     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1476                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1477   }
1478   return;
1479 }
1480 
1481 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1482   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1483     return;
1484 
1485   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1486     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1487       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1488     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1489       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1490   }
1491 }
1492 
1493 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1494 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1495 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1496   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1497     return;
1498 
1499   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1500     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1501     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1502     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1503     return;
1504   }
1505 
1506   FixItHint Hint;
1507   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1508 
1509   unsigned DiagID;
1510   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1511     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1512   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1513     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1514   else
1515     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1516 
1517   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1518 }
1519 
1520 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1521   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1522   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1523   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1524   // MS inline assembly label name.
1525   bool Diagnose = false;
1526   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1527     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1528   else
1529     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1530   if (Diagnose)
1531     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1532 }
1533 
1534 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1535   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1536 
1537   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1538   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1539          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1540 
1541   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1542     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1543 
1544     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1545     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1546 
1547     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1548 
1549     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1550     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1551       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1552       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1553         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1554     }
1555 
1556     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1557     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1558       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1559 
1560     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1561     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1562   }
1563 }
1564 
1565 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1566 ///
1567 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1568 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1569 /// to the fixed name.
1570 ///
1571 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1572 ///
1573 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1574 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1575 ///
1576 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1577 /// class could not be found.
1578 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1579                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1580                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1581   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1582   // creation from this context.
1583   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1584 
1585   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1586     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1587     // find an Objective-C class name.
1588     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1589     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1590                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1591                                        Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1592       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1593       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1594       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1595     }
1596   }
1597   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1598   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1599   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1600       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1601   return Def;
1602 }
1603 
1604 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1605 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1606 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1607 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1608 /// ill-formed in C++:
1609 /// @code
1610 /// struct S6 {
1611 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1612 /// };
1613 ///
1614 /// void test_S6() {
1615 ///   struct S6 a;
1616 ///   a.e = BAR;
1617 /// }
1618 /// @endcode
1619 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1620 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1621 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1622 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1623 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1624 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1625 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1626 /// contain non-field names.
1627 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1628   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1629          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1630          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1631     S = S->getParent();
1632   return S;
1633 }
1634 
1635 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1636 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1637 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1638 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1639 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1640                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1641   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1642     return;
1643   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1644 
1645   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1646                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1647   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1648   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1649     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1650       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1651 }
1652 
1653 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1654   switch (Error) {
1655   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1656     return "";
1657   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1658     return "stdio.h";
1659   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1660     return "setjmp.h";
1661   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1662     return "ucontext.h";
1663   }
1664   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1665 }
1666 
1667 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1668 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1669 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1670 /// built-in.
1671 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1672                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1673                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1674   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1675 
1676   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1677   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1678   if (Error) {
1679     if (ForRedeclaration)
1680       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1681           << getHeaderName(Error)
1682           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1683     return nullptr;
1684   }
1685 
1686   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) {
1687     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1688       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID)
1689       << R;
1690     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1691         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1692       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1693           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1694           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1695   }
1696 
1697   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1698   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1699     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1700         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1701                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1702     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1703     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1704     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1705   }
1706 
1707   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1708                                            Parent,
1709                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1710                                            SC_Extern,
1711                                            false,
1712                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1713   New->setImplicit();
1714 
1715   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1716   // FunctionDecl.
1717   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1718     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1719     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1720       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1721           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1722                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1723                               SC_None, nullptr);
1724       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1725       Params.push_back(parm);
1726     }
1727     New->setParams(Params);
1728   }
1729 
1730   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1731   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1732 
1733   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1734   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1735   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1736   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1737   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1738   CurContext = Parent;
1739   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1740   CurContext = SavedContext;
1741   return New;
1742 }
1743 
1744 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1745 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1746 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1747 /// entity.
1748 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1749                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1750                                               LookupResult &previous){
1751   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1752   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1753     return;
1754 
1755   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1756   if (previous.empty())
1757     return;
1758 
1759   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1760   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1761     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1762 
1763     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1764     if (!old->isHidden())
1765       continue;
1766 
1767     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1768       filter.erase();
1769   }
1770 
1771   filter.done();
1772 }
1773 
1774 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1775 /// entity if their types are the same.
1776 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1777 /// isSameEntity.
1778 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context,
1779                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1780                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1781   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1782   if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1783     return;
1784 
1785   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1786   if (Previous.empty())
1787     return;
1788 
1789   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1790   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1791     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1792 
1793     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1794     if (!Old->isHidden())
1795       continue;
1796 
1797     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1798     // different linkages.
1799     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1800       if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1801                               Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1802         continue;
1803 
1804     if (!Old->isExternallyVisible())
1805       Filter.erase();
1806   }
1807 
1808   Filter.done();
1809 }
1810 
1811 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1812   QualType OldType;
1813   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1814     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1815   else
1816     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1817   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1818 
1819   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1820     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1821     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1822     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1823       << Kind << NewType;
1824     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1825       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1826     New->setInvalidDecl();
1827     return true;
1828   }
1829 
1830   if (OldType != NewType &&
1831       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1832       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1833       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1834     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1835     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1836       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1837     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1838       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1839     New->setInvalidDecl();
1840     return true;
1841   }
1842   return false;
1843 }
1844 
1845 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1846 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1847 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1848 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1849 ///
1850 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1851   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1852   // merging checks.
1853   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1854 
1855   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1856   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1857   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1858     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1859     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1860     default: break;
1861     case 2:
1862       {
1863         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1864           break;
1865         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1866         if (!T->isPointerType())
1867           break;
1868         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1869           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1870           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1871             break;
1872         }
1873         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1874         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1875         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1876         return;
1877       }
1878     case 5:
1879       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1880         break;
1881       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1882       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1883       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1884       return;
1885     case 3:
1886       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1887         break;
1888       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1889       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1890       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1891       return;
1892     }
1893     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1894   }
1895 
1896   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1897   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1898   if (!Old) {
1899     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1900       << New->getDeclName();
1901 
1902     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1903     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1904       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1905 
1906     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1907   }
1908 
1909   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1910   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1911     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1912 
1913   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1914   // with any extensions enabled.
1915   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1916     return;
1917 
1918   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1919   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1920   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1921     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1922     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1923   }
1924 
1925   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1926     return;
1927 
1928   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1929     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1930     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1931     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1932     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1933     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1934       return;
1935 
1936     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1937     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1938     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1939     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1940     //
1941     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1942     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1943     //
1944     //   struct S {
1945     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1946     //   };
1947     //
1948     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1949     // allow the above but disallow
1950     //
1951     //   struct S {
1952     //     typedef int I;
1953     //     typedef int I;
1954     //   };
1955     //
1956     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1957     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1958       return;
1959 
1960     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1961       << New->getDeclName();
1962     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1963     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1964   }
1965 
1966   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1967   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1968     return;
1969 
1970   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1971   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1972   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1973   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1974   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1975       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1976        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1977     return;
1978 
1979   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
1980     << New->getDeclName();
1981   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1982   return;
1983 }
1984 
1985 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1986 /// attribute.
1987 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1988   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1989   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1990   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
1991     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1992       if (Ann) {
1993         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
1994           return true;
1995         continue;
1996       }
1997       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1998       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
1999         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2000       return true;
2001     }
2002 
2003   return false;
2004 }
2005 
2006 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2007   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2008     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2009   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2010     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2011   return true;
2012 }
2013 
2014 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2015 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2016 ///
2017 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2018 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2019   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2020   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2021   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2022   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2023   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2024   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2025     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2026     // in a case like:
2027     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2028     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2029     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2030     // definition in such a case.
2031     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2032       return false;
2033 
2034     if (I->isAlignas())
2035       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2036 
2037     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2038     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2039       OldAlign = Align;
2040       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2041     }
2042   }
2043 
2044   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2045   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2046   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2047   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2048     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2049       return false;
2050 
2051     if (I->isAlignas())
2052       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2053 
2054     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2055     if (Align > NewAlign)
2056       NewAlign = Align;
2057   }
2058 
2059   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2060     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2061     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2062     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2063     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2064 
2065     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2066     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2067     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2068       QualType Ty;
2069       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2070         Ty = VD->getType();
2071       else
2072         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2073 
2074       if (OldAlign == 0)
2075         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2076       if (NewAlign == 0)
2077         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2078     }
2079 
2080     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2081       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2082         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2083         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2084       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2085     }
2086   }
2087 
2088   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2089     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2090     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2091     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2092     //   equivalent alignment.
2093     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2094     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2095     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2096     //   have no alignment specifier.
2097     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2098       << OldAlignasAttr;
2099     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2100       << OldAlignasAttr;
2101   }
2102 
2103   bool AnyAdded = false;
2104 
2105   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2106   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2107     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2108     Clone->setInherited(true);
2109     New->addAttr(Clone);
2110     AnyAdded = true;
2111   }
2112 
2113   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2114   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2115       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2116     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2117     Clone->setInherited(true);
2118     New->addAttr(Clone);
2119     AnyAdded = true;
2120   }
2121 
2122   return AnyAdded;
2123 }
2124 
2125 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2126                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
2127   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2128   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2129   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2130     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2131                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
2132                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2133                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
2134                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2135   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2136     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2137                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2138   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2139     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2140                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2141   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2142     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2143                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2144   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2145     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2146                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2147   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2148     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2149                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2150                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2151   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2152     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2153                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2154   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2155     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2156                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2157                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2158   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2159     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2160     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2161     NewAttr = nullptr;
2162   else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override)
2163     NewAttr = nullptr;
2164   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2165     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2166 
2167   if (NewAttr) {
2168     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2169     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2170     return true;
2171   }
2172 
2173   return false;
2174 }
2175 
2176 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2177   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2178     return TD->getDefinition();
2179   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2180     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2181     if (Def)
2182       return Def;
2183     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2184   }
2185   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2186     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2187     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2188       return Def;
2189   }
2190   return nullptr;
2191 }
2192 
2193 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2194   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2195     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2196       return true;
2197   return false;
2198 }
2199 
2200 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2201 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2202 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2203   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2204     return;
2205 
2206   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2207   if (!Def || Def == New)
2208     return;
2209 
2210   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2211   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2212     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2213 
2214     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2215       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2216         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2217       else {
2218         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2219         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2220                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2221                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2222                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2223         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2224         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2225         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2226       }
2227       ++I;
2228       continue;
2229     }
2230 
2231     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2232       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2233       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2234         ++I;
2235         continue;
2236       }
2237     }
2238 
2239     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2240       ++I;
2241       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2242     }
2243 
2244     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2245       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2246       ++I;
2247       continue;
2248     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2249       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2250         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2251         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2252         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2253         //   equivalent alignment.
2254         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2255         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2256         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2257         //   have no alignment specifier.
2258         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2259           << AA;
2260         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2261           << AA;
2262         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2263         --E;
2264         continue;
2265       }
2266     }
2267 
2268     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2269            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2270     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2271     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2272     --E;
2273   }
2274 }
2275 
2276 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2277 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2278                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2279   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2280     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2281     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2282     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2283   }
2284 
2285   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2286     return;
2287 
2288   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2289   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2290 
2291   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2292     return;
2293 
2294   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2295 
2296   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2297   // we process them.
2298   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2299 
2300   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2301     bool Override = false;
2302     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2303     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2304         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2305         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2306       switch (AMK) {
2307       case AMK_None:
2308         continue;
2309 
2310       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2311         break;
2312 
2313       case AMK_Override:
2314         Override = true;
2315         break;
2316       }
2317     }
2318 
2319     // Already handled.
2320     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2321       continue;
2322 
2323     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2324       foundAny = true;
2325   }
2326 
2327   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2328     foundAny = true;
2329 
2330   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2331 }
2332 
2333 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2334 /// to the new one.
2335 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2336                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2337                                      Sema &S) {
2338   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2339   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2340   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2341   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2342   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2343   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2344     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2345            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2346     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2347     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2348     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2349       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2350     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2351       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2352     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2353            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2354   }
2355 
2356   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2357     return;
2358 
2359   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2360 
2361   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2362   // done before we process them.
2363   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2364 
2365   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2366     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2367       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2368         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2369       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2370       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2371       foundAny = true;
2372     }
2373   }
2374 
2375   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2376 }
2377 
2378 namespace {
2379 
2380 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2381 /// C.
2382 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2383   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2384   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2385   QualType PromotedType;
2386 };
2387 
2388 }
2389 
2390 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2391 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2392   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2393     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2394       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2395 
2396     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2397       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2398 
2399     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2400       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2401   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2402     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2403   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2404     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2405   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2406     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2407   }
2408 
2409   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2410 }
2411 
2412 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2413 // declaration, or a declaration.
2414 template <typename T>
2415 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2416 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2417   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2418   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2419   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2420     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2421   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2422     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2423     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2424       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2425   } else
2426     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2427   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2428 }
2429 
2430 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2431 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2432 /// GNU89 mode.
2433 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2434                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2435   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2436           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2437           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2438           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2439 }
2440 
2441 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2442   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2443   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2444     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2445   return AT;
2446 }
2447 
2448 template <typename T>
2449 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2450   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2451   if (DC->isRecord())
2452     return false;
2453 
2454   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2455   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2456     return true;
2457   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2458     return true;
2459   return false;
2460 }
2461 
2462 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2463 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2464 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2465 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2466 ///
2467 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2468 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2469 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2470 /// merged with.
2471 ///
2472 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2473 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2474                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2475   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2476   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2477   if (!Old) {
2478     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2479       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2480         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2481         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2482              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2483         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2484              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2485         return true;
2486       }
2487 
2488       // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2489       //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2490       //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2491       //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2492       //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2493 
2494       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2495       Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2496       if (Old &&
2497           !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2498               New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2499           !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC()))
2500         Old = nullptr;
2501 
2502       if (!Old) {
2503         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2504         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2505              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2506         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2507         return true;
2508       }
2509       OldD = Old;
2510     } else {
2511       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2512         << New->getDeclName();
2513       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2514       return true;
2515     }
2516   }
2517 
2518   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2519   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2520     return true;
2521 
2522   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2523   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2524   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2525       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2526 
2527   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2528   // is an extern inline function.
2529   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2530   // storage classes.
2531   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2532       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2533       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2534       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2535       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2536     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2537       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2538       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2539     } else {
2540       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2541       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2542       return true;
2543     }
2544   }
2545 
2546 
2547   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2548   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2549   // convention of the first.
2550   //
2551   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2552   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2553   //
2554   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2555   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2556   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2557   //
2558   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2559   // other tests to run.
2560   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2561   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2562   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2563   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2564   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2565   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2566   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2567 
2568   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2569     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2570     const FunctionType *FT =
2571         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2572     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2573     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2574     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2575       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2576       // there but not here.
2577       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2578       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2579     } else {
2580       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2581       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2582       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2583         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2584         << !FirstCCExplicit
2585         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2586             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2587 
2588       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2589       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2590       return true;
2591     }
2592   }
2593 
2594   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2595   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2596     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2597     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2598   }
2599 
2600   // Merge regparm attribute.
2601   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2602       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2603     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2604       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2605         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2606         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2607       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2608       return true;
2609     }
2610 
2611     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2612     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2613   }
2614 
2615   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2616   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2617     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2618       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2619       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2620       return true;
2621     }
2622 
2623     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2624     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2625   }
2626 
2627   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2628     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2629     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2630     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2631     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2632     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2633   }
2634 
2635   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2636   // UndefinedButUsed.
2637   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2638       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2639       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2640       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2641       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2642     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2643                                            SourceLocation()));
2644 
2645   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2646   // about it.
2647   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2648       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2649     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2650   }
2651 
2652   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2653     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2654     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2655     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2656     //        cannot be overloaded.
2657 
2658     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2659     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2660     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2661     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2662     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2663     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2664         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2665              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2666              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2667     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2668         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2669              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2670              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2671     QualType ResQT;
2672     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2673         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2674           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2675       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2676           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2677         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2678       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2679         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2680           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2681               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2682         else
2683           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2684               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2685         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2686                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2687         return true;
2688       }
2689       else
2690         NewQType = ResQT;
2691     }
2692 
2693     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2694     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2695     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2696       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2697       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2698       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2699       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2700         New->setType(
2701             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2702                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2703                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2704         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2705             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2706                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2707                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2708       }
2709     }
2710 
2711     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2712     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2713     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2714       // Preserve triviality.
2715       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2716 
2717       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2718       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2719       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2720       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2721                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2722                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2723       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2724 
2725       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2726           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2727         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2728         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2729         //       is a static member function declaration.
2730         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2731           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2732           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2733           return true;
2734         }
2735 
2736         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2737         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2738         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2739         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2740         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2741           unsigned NewDiag;
2742           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2743             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2744           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2745             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2746           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2747             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2748           else
2749             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2750 
2751           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2752         } else {
2753           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2754             << New << New->getType();
2755         }
2756         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2757 
2758       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2759       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2760       //
2761       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2762       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2763       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2764         if (isFriend) {
2765           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2766         } else {
2767           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2768                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2769             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2770           return true;
2771         }
2772       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2773         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2774              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2775           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2776         return true;
2777       }
2778     }
2779 
2780     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2781     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2782     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2783     //   attribute.
2784     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2785     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2786       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2787       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2788            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2789     }
2790 
2791     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2792     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2793     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2794     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2795     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2796     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2797       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2798            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2799       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2800            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2801     }
2802 
2803     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2804     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2805     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2806     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2807 
2808     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2809     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2810     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2811       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2812       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2813         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2814       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2815       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2816     }
2817 
2818     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2819       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2820       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2821       //
2822       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2823       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2824       // linkage within class scope.
2825       //
2826       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2827       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2828         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2829         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2830       } else {
2831         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2832         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2833         return true;
2834       }
2835     }
2836 
2837     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2838       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2839 
2840     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2841         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2842       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2843       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2844       // when we instantiate the function.
2845       return false;
2846     }
2847 
2848     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2849   }
2850 
2851   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2852   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2853   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2854       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2855     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2856     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2857     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
2858     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2859         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2860       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2861       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2862       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2863       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2864       NewQType =
2865           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2866                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2867       New->setType(NewQType);
2868       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2869 
2870       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
2871       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2872       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2873         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2874                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2875                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2876                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
2877         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2878         Param->setImplicit();
2879         Params.push_back(Param);
2880       }
2881 
2882       New->setParams(Params);
2883     }
2884 
2885     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2886   }
2887 
2888   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2889   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2890   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2891   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2892   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2893   // the prototype.
2894   //
2895   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2896   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2897   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2898   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2899   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2900       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2901       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2902       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2903     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2904     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2905     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2906       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2907     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2908       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2909 
2910     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2911     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2912                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2913     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2914     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2915          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2916       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2917       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2918       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2919                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2920         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2921       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2922                                             NewParm->getType(),
2923                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2924         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
2925                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
2926         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2927         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2928       } else
2929         LooseCompatible = false;
2930     }
2931 
2932     if (LooseCompatible) {
2933       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2934         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2935              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2936           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2937           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2938         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2939           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2940                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2941       }
2942 
2943       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2944         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2945                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2946       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2947     }
2948 
2949     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2950   }
2951 
2952   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2953   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2954 
2955   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2956   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2957   unsigned BuiltinID;
2958   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2959     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2960     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2961     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2962       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2963       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2964         << Old << Old->getType();
2965 
2966       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2967       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2968       //
2969       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2970       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2971       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2972       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2973       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2974       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2975         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2976 
2977       return false;
2978     }
2979 
2980     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2981   }
2982 
2983   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2984   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2985   return true;
2986 }
2987 
2988 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2989 /// known to be compatible.
2990 ///
2991 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2992 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2993 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2994 /// redeclaration of Old.
2995 ///
2996 /// \returns false
2997 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2998                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2999   // Merge the attributes
3000   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3001 
3002   // Merge "pure" flag.
3003   if (Old->isPure())
3004     New->setPure();
3005 
3006   // Merge "used" flag.
3007   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3008     New->setIsUsed();
3009 
3010   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3011   // declarations.
3012   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3013     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
3014       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
3015                                *this);
3016 
3017   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3018     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3019 
3020   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3021   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3022   // was visible.
3023   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3024   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3025     New->setType(Merged);
3026 
3027   return false;
3028 }
3029 
3030 
3031 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3032                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3033 
3034   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3035   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3036     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3037                                                    : AMK_Override;
3038   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3039 
3040   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3041   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3042                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3043   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3044          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3045        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3046     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3047 
3048   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3049 }
3050 
3051 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3052 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3053 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3054 ///
3055 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3056 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3057 /// is attached.
3058 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3059                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3060   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3061     return;
3062 
3063   QualType MergedT;
3064   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3065     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3066       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3067       return;
3068     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3069       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3070       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3071     }
3072     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3073     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3074     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3075     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3076     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3077     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
3078              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3079       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3080       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3081       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3082                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3083         MergedT = New->getType();
3084     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
3085                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3086       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3087       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3088       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3089                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3090         MergedT = Old->getType();
3091     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3092                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3093       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3094                                               Old->getType());
3095     }
3096   } else {
3097     // C 6.2.7p2:
3098     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3099     //   compatible type.
3100     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3101   }
3102   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3103     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3104     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3105     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3106     // equivalent.
3107     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3108     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3109          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3110       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3111       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3112       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3113       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3114         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3115       return;
3116     }
3117 
3118     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
3119     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
3120     //
3121     //   extern int arr[];
3122     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
3123     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
3124     //
3125     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
3126     // to diagnose it.
3127     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
3128       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3129     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3130     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3131   }
3132 
3133   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3134   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3135   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3136     New->setType(MergedT);
3137 }
3138 
3139 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3140                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3141   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3142   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3143   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3144   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3145   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3146   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3147   //
3148   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3149   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3150     return false;
3151 
3152   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3153     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3154     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3155     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3156     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3157     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3158            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3159             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3160   } else {
3161     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3162     // type unless we're in the same function.
3163     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3164            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3165   }
3166 }
3167 
3168 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3169 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3170 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3171 ///
3172 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3173 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3174 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3175 ///
3176 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3177   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3178   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3179     return;
3180 
3181   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3182 
3183   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3184   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3185   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3186   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3187     if (NewTemplate) {
3188       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3189       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3190     } else
3191       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3192   }
3193   if (!Old) {
3194     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3195       << New->getDeclName();
3196     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3197          diag::note_previous_definition);
3198     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3199   }
3200 
3201   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3202     return;
3203 
3204   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3205   if (NewTemplate &&
3206       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3207                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3208                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3209     return;
3210 
3211   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3212   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3213   //
3214   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3215   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3216     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3217       << New->getIdentifier();
3218     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3219     New->setInvalidDecl();
3220   }
3221 
3222   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3223   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3224   // declaration
3225   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3226       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3227       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3228     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3229     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3230     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3231     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3232   }
3233 
3234   // Merge the types.
3235   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3236 
3237   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3238     return;
3239 
3240   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3241   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3242   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3243       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3244 
3245   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3246   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3247       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3248       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3249     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3250       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3251           << New->getDeclName();
3252       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3253     } else {
3254       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3255           << New->getDeclName();
3256       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3257       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3258     }
3259   }
3260   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3261   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3262   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3263   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3264   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3265   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3266   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3267   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3268   //   identifier has external linkage.
3269   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3270     /* Okay */;
3271   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3272            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3273            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3274     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3275     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3276     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3277   }
3278 
3279   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3280   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3281       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3282     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3283     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3284     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3285   }
3286   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3287       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3288     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3289     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3290     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3291   }
3292 
3293   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3294 
3295   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3296   // need to check for mismatches.
3297   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3298       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3299       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3300         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3301     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3302     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3303     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3304   }
3305 
3306   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3307     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3308       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3309       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3310     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3311       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3312       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3313     } else {
3314       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3315       // static and dynamic initialization.
3316       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3317       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3318       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3319         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3320       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3321     }
3322   }
3323 
3324   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3325   const VarDecl *Def;
3326   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3327       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3328       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3329     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3330     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3331     New->setInvalidDecl();
3332     return;
3333   }
3334 
3335   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3336     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3337     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3338     New->setInvalidDecl();
3339     return;
3340   }
3341 
3342   // Merge "used" flag.
3343   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3344     New->setIsUsed();
3345 
3346   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3347   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3348   if (NewTemplate)
3349     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3350 
3351   // Inherit access appropriately.
3352   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3353   if (NewTemplate)
3354     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3355 }
3356 
3357 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3358 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3359 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3360                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3361   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3362 }
3363 
3364 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3365   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3366     return;
3367 
3368   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3369     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3370     // it is anonymous.
3371     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3372       return;
3373     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3374         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3375     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3376         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3377     return;
3378   }
3379 
3380   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3381   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3382   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3383           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3384                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3385     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3386         Tag,
3387         MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3388   }
3389 }
3390 
3391 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3392 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3393 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3394 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3395                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3396                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3397                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3398   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3399   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3400   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3401       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3402       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3403       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3404       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3405     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3406 
3407     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3408       return nullptr;
3409 
3410     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3411     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3412     // it's a Type.
3413     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3414       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3415     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3416       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3417   }
3418 
3419   if (Tag) {
3420     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
3421     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3422     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3423       return Tag;
3424   }
3425 
3426   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3427     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3428     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3429     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3430       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3431            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3432            << DS.getSourceRange();
3433   }
3434 
3435   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3436     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3437     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3438     if (Tag)
3439       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3440         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3441             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3442             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3443             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3444     else
3445       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3446     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3447     return TagD;
3448   }
3449 
3450   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3451 
3452   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3453     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3454     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3455     if (TagD && !Tag)
3456       return nullptr;
3457     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3458   }
3459 
3460   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3461   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3462     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3463   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3464       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3465     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3466     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3467     // or an explicit specialization.
3468     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3469     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3470       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3471           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3472           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3473           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3474       << SS.getRange();
3475     return nullptr;
3476   }
3477 
3478   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3479   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3480 
3481   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3482   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3483     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3484         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3485       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3486           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3487         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3488 
3489       DeclaresAnything = false;
3490     }
3491   }
3492 
3493   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3494   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3495   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3496   //
3497   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
3498   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
3499   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3500       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3501     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3502     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3503     //   struct STRUCT;
3504     //   union UNION;
3505     // and
3506     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3507     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
3508     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
3509         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
3510       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3511       if (Tag)
3512         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3513       else if (const RecordType *RT =
3514                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
3515         Record = RT->getDecl();
3516       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
3517         Record = UT->getDecl();
3518 
3519       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3520         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
3521           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
3522         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3523       }
3524 
3525       DeclaresAnything = false;
3526     }
3527   }
3528 
3529   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3530   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3531       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3532     return TagD;
3533 
3534   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3535       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3536     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3537       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3538           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3539         DeclaresAnything = false;
3540 
3541   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3542     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3543     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3544       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3545         << DS.getSourceRange();
3546     else
3547       DeclaresAnything = false;
3548   }
3549 
3550   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3551       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3552     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3553       << Tag->getTagKind()
3554       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3555 
3556   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3557 
3558   // C 6.7/2:
3559   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3560   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3561   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3562   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3563   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3564   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3565   //   previous declaration.
3566   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3567     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3568     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3569     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3570     return TagD;
3571   }
3572 
3573   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3574   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3575   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3576   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3577   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3578   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3579   //
3580   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3581   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3582   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3583     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3584 
3585   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3586   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3587   // useless.
3588   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3589     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3590       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3591       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3592       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3593     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3594       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3595         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3596   }
3597 
3598   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3599     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3600       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3601   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3602     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3603       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3604     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3605       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3606     // Restrict is covered above.
3607     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3608       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3609   }
3610 
3611   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3612   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3613   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3614   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3615     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3616     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3617         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3618         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3619         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3620         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3621       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3622       while (attrs) {
3623         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3624         << attrs->getName()
3625         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3626             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3627             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3628             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3629         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3630       }
3631     }
3632   }
3633 
3634   return TagD;
3635 }
3636 
3637 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3638 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3639 ///
3640 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3641 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3642                                          Scope *S,
3643                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3644                                          DeclarationName Name,
3645                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3646                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3647   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3648                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3649   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3650 
3651   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3652     return false;
3653 
3654   // Pick a representative declaration.
3655   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3656   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3657 
3658   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3659     return false;
3660 
3661   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3662   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3663 
3664   return true;
3665 }
3666 
3667 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3668 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3669 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3670 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3671 /// struct, e.g.,
3672 ///
3673 /// @code
3674 /// union {
3675 ///   int i;
3676 ///   float f;
3677 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3678 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3679 /// @endcode
3680 ///
3681 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3682 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3683 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3684                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3685                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3686                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3687                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3688                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3689   unsigned diagKind
3690     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3691                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3692 
3693   bool Invalid = false;
3694 
3695   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3696   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3697     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3698         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3699       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3700       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3701                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3702         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3703         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3704         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3705         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3706         Invalid = true;
3707       } else {
3708         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3709         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3710         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3711         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3712         //   anonymous union is declared.
3713         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3714         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3715           for (auto *PI : IF->chain())
3716             Chaining.push_back(PI);
3717         else
3718           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3719 
3720         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3721         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3722           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3723         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3724           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3725 
3726         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3727           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3728                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3729                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3730 
3731         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3732         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3733         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3734 
3735         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3736         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3737 
3738         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3739       }
3740     }
3741   }
3742 
3743   return Invalid;
3744 }
3745 
3746 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3747 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3748 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3749 static StorageClass
3750 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3751   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3752   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3753          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3754   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3755   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3756   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3757     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3758       return SC_None;
3759     return SC_Extern;
3760   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3761   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3762   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3763   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3764     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3765   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3766   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3767   }
3768   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3769 }
3770 
3771 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3772   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3773 
3774   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3775     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3776     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3777       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3778     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3779       return FD->getLocation();
3780   }
3781 
3782   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3783 }
3784 
3785 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3786                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3787   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3788     return;
3789 
3790   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3791   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3792 }
3793 
3794 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3795                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3796   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3797     return;
3798 
3799   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3800 }
3801 
3802 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3803 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3804 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3805 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3806 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3807                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3808                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3809                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3810   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3811 
3812   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3813   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3814     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3815   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3816     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3817   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3818     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3819 
3820   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3821   // structs/unions.
3822   bool Invalid = false;
3823   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3824     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
3825     unsigned DiagID;
3826     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3827       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3828       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3829       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3830       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3831           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3832            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3833             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3834         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3835           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3836 
3837         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3838         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3839                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3840       }
3841       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3842       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3843       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3844       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3845                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3846         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3847              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3848           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3849 
3850         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3851         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3852                                SourceLocation(),
3853                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3854       }
3855     }
3856 
3857     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3858     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3859       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3860         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3861           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3862           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3863       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3864         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3865              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3866           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3867           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3868       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3869         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3870              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3871           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3872           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3873       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3874         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3875              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3876           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3877           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3878 
3879       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3880     }
3881 
3882     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3883     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3884     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3885     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3886     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
3887       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
3888         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3889         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3890         //   members (clause 11).
3891         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3892         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3893           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3894             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3895           Invalid = true;
3896         }
3897 
3898         // C++ [class.union]p1
3899         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3900         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3901         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3902         //   array of such objects.
3903         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3904           Invalid = true;
3905       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
3906         // Any implicit members are fine.
3907       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3908         // This is a type that showed up in an
3909         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3910         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3911         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3912       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
3913         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3914             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3915           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3916           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3917             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3918               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3919           else {
3920             // This is a nested type declaration.
3921             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3922               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3923             Invalid = true;
3924           }
3925         } else {
3926           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3927           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3928           // not part of standard C++.
3929           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3930                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3931             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3932         }
3933       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
3934         // Any access specifier is fine.
3935       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
3936         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
3937       } else {
3938         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3939         // member. Complain about it.
3940         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3941         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
3942           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3943         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
3944           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3945         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
3946           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3947 
3948         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3949         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3950             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3951           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3952             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3953         else {
3954           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
3955               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3956           Invalid = true;
3957         }
3958       }
3959     }
3960 
3961     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
3962     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
3963     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
3964     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
3965         Owner->isRecord())
3966       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
3967                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
3968   }
3969 
3970   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3971     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3972       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3973     Invalid = true;
3974   }
3975 
3976   // Mock up a declarator.
3977   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3978   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3979   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3980 
3981   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3982   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
3983   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3984     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3985                              DS.getLocStart(),
3986                              Record->getLocation(),
3987                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
3988                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3989                              TInfo,
3990                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
3991                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3992     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3993     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3994       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3995   } else {
3996     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3997     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3998     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3999       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4000       // an error here
4001       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4002       Invalid = true;
4003       SC = SC_None;
4004     }
4005 
4006     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4007                            DS.getLocStart(),
4008                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4009                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4010                            TInfo, SC);
4011 
4012     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4013     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4014     // initializer:
4015     //   union { int n = 0; };
4016     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
4017   }
4018   Anon->setImplicit();
4019 
4020   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4021   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4022 
4023   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4024   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4025   // its members.
4026   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4027 
4028   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4029   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4030   // purposes.
4031   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4032   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4033 
4034   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
4035                                           Chain, false))
4036     Invalid = true;
4037 
4038   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4039     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4040       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4041       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
4042               getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
4043                                             ManglingContextDecl)) {
4044         Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
4045         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4046       }
4047     }
4048   }
4049 
4050   if (Invalid)
4051     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4052 
4053   return Anon;
4054 }
4055 
4056 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4057 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4058 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4059 /// Example:
4060 ///
4061 /// struct A { int a; };
4062 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4063 ///
4064 /// void foo() {
4065 ///   B var;
4066 ///   var.a = 3;
4067 /// }
4068 ///
4069 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4070                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4071   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4072 
4073   // Mock up a declarator.
4074   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4075   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4076   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4077 
4078   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4079   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4080 
4081   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4082   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4083                              ParentDecl,
4084                              DS.getLocStart(),
4085                              DS.getLocStart(),
4086                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4087                              RecTy,
4088                              TInfo,
4089                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4090                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4091   Anon->setImplicit();
4092 
4093   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4094   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4095 
4096   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4097   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4098   // purposes.
4099   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4100   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4101 
4102   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4103   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4104                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4105       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4106                                           AS_none, Chain, true)) {
4107     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4108     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4109   }
4110 
4111   return Anon;
4112 }
4113 
4114 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4115 /// given Declarator.
4116 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4117   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4118 }
4119 
4120 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4121 DeclarationNameInfo
4122 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4123   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4124   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4125 
4126   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4127 
4128   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4129   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4130     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4131     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4132     return NameInfo;
4133 
4134   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4135     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4136                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4137     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4138     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4139       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4140     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4141       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4142     return NameInfo;
4143 
4144   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4145     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4146                                                            Name.Identifier));
4147     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4148     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4149     return NameInfo;
4150 
4151   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4152     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4153     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4154     if (Ty.isNull())
4155       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4156     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4157                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4158     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4159     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4160     return NameInfo;
4161   }
4162 
4163   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4164     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4165     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4166     if (Ty.isNull())
4167       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4168     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4169                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4170     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4171     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4172     return NameInfo;
4173   }
4174 
4175   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4176     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4177     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4178     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4179     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4180     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4181       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4182 
4183     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4184     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4185 
4186     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4187     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4188     // was qualified.
4189 
4190     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4191                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4192     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4193     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4194     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4195     return NameInfo;
4196   }
4197 
4198   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4199     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4200     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4201     if (Ty.isNull())
4202       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4203     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4204                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4205     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4206     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4207     return NameInfo;
4208   }
4209 
4210   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4211     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4212     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4213     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4214   }
4215 
4216   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4217 
4218   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4219 }
4220 
4221 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4222   do {
4223     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4224       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4225     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4226       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4227     else
4228       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4229   } while (true);
4230 }
4231 
4232 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4233 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4234 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4235 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4236 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4237 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4238 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4239 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4240                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4241                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4242                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4243   Params.clear();
4244   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4245     return false;
4246   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4247     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4248     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4249 
4250     // The parameter types are identical
4251     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4252       continue;
4253 
4254     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4255     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4256     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4257     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4258 
4259     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4260         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4261       Params.push_back(Idx);
4262     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4263       return false;
4264   }
4265 
4266   return true;
4267 }
4268 
4269 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4270 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4271 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4272 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4273 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4274 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4275                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4276   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4277   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4278   //   - types which will become injected class names
4279   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4280   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4281   // few cases here.
4282 
4283   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4284   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4285   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4286   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4287   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4288   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4289     // Grab the type from the parser.
4290     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4291     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4292     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4293 
4294     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4295     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4296     // attached already.
4297     if (!TSI)
4298       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4299 
4300     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4301     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4302     if (!TSI) return true;
4303 
4304     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4305     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4306     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4307     break;
4308   }
4309 
4310   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4311   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4312     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4313     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4314     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4315     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4316     break;
4317   }
4318 
4319   default:
4320     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4321     break;
4322   }
4323 
4324   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4325   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4326     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4327 
4328     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4329     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4330     // pointer.
4331     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4332       continue;
4333 
4334     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4335     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4336     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4337       return true;
4338   }
4339 
4340   return false;
4341 }
4342 
4343 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4344   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4345   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4346 
4347   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4348       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4349     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4350 
4351   return Dcl;
4352 }
4353 
4354 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4355 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4356 ///   name different from T:
4357 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4358 ///     - every member function of class T
4359 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4360 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4361 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4362                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4363   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4364 
4365   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4366     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4367       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4368       return true;
4369     }
4370 
4371   return false;
4372 }
4373 
4374 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4375 /// nested-name-specifier.
4376 ///
4377 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4378 ///
4379 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4380 /// resolves.
4381 ///
4382 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4383 ///
4384 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4385 ///
4386 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4387 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4388                                         DeclarationName Name,
4389                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4390   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4391   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4392     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4393 
4394   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4395   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4396   //
4397   // class X {
4398   //   void X::f();
4399   // };
4400   //
4401   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4402   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4403   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4404     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4405       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4406                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4407         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4408       SS.clear();
4409     } else {
4410       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4411     }
4412     return false;
4413   }
4414 
4415   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4416   // declaration.
4417   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4418     if (Cur->isRecord())
4419       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4420         << Name << SS.getRange();
4421     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4422       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4423         << Name << SS.getRange();
4424     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4425       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4426         << Name << SS.getRange();
4427     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4428       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4429         << Name << SS.getRange();
4430     else
4431       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4432       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4433 
4434     return true;
4435   }
4436 
4437   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4438     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4439     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4440       << Name << SS.getRange();
4441     SS.clear();
4442 
4443     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4444     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4445     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4446     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4447          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4448         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4449                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4450       return true;
4451 
4452     return false;
4453   }
4454 
4455   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4456   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4457   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4458   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4459   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4460     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4461   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4462         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4463     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4464       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4465 
4466   return false;
4467 }
4468 
4469 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4470                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4471   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4472   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4473   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4474 
4475   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4476   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4477   if (!Name) {
4478     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4479       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4480            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4481         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4482     return nullptr;
4483   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4484     return nullptr;
4485 
4486   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4487   // we find one that is.
4488   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4489          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4490     S = S->getParent();
4491 
4492   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4493   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4494     D.setInvalidType();
4495   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4496     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4497                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4498       return nullptr;
4499 
4500     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4501     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4502     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4503       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4504       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4505       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4506       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4507       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4508            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4509         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4510         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4511       return nullptr;
4512     }
4513     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4514 
4515     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4516         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4517       return nullptr;
4518 
4519     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4520       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4521            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4522         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4523       D.setInvalidType();
4524     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4525       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4526                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4527         if (DC->isRecord())
4528           return nullptr;
4529 
4530         D.setInvalidType();
4531       }
4532     }
4533 
4534     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4535     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4536     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4537         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4538       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4539       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4540         D.setInvalidType();
4541     }
4542   }
4543 
4544   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4545     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4546     // Just return early; it's safer.
4547     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4548       return nullptr;
4549 
4550   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4551   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4552 
4553   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4554                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4555     D.setInvalidType();
4556 
4557   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4558                         ForRedeclaration);
4559 
4560   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4561   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4562     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4563     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4564 
4565     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4566     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4567     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4568     //
4569     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4570     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4571     // the same name.
4572     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4573       /* Do nothing*/;
4574     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4575              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4576               R->isFunctionType())) {
4577       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4578       CreateBuiltins =
4579           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4580     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4581                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4582       CreateBuiltins = true;
4583 
4584     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4585       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4586 
4587     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4588   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4589     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4590 
4591     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4592     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4593     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4594     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4595     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4596     //  thereof; [...]
4597     //
4598     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4599     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4600     // we want to match. For example, given:
4601     //
4602     //   class X {
4603     //     void f();
4604     //     void f(float);
4605     //   };
4606     //
4607     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4608     //
4609     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4610     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4611     // matches.
4612 
4613     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4614     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4615     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4616     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4617     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4618   }
4619 
4620   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4621       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4622     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4623     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4624       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4625                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4626 
4627     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4628     Previous.clear();
4629   }
4630 
4631   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4632   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4633   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4634   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4635   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4636       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4637     Previous.clear();
4638 
4639   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4640   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4641   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4642     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4643 
4644   NamedDecl *New;
4645 
4646   bool AddToScope = true;
4647   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4648     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4649       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4650       return nullptr;
4651     }
4652 
4653     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4654   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4655     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4656                                   TemplateParamLists,
4657                                   AddToScope);
4658   } else {
4659     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4660                                   AddToScope);
4661   }
4662 
4663   if (!New)
4664     return nullptr;
4665 
4666   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4667   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4668   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4669        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4670     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4671     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4672     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4673     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4674     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4675     if (!AddToContext)
4676       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4677   }
4678 
4679   return New;
4680 }
4681 
4682 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4683 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4684 /// GCC compatibility).
4685 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4686                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4687                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4688                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4689   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4690   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4691   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4692   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4693   SizeIsNegative = false;
4694   Oversized = 0;
4695 
4696   if (T->isDependentType())
4697     return QualType();
4698 
4699   QualifierCollector Qs;
4700   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4701 
4702   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4703     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4704     QualType FixedType =
4705         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4706                                             Oversized);
4707     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4708     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4709     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4710   }
4711   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4712     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4713     QualType FixedType =
4714         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4715                                             Oversized);
4716     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4717     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4718     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4719   }
4720 
4721   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4722   if (!VLATy)
4723     return QualType();
4724   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4725   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4726     return QualType();
4727 
4728   llvm::APSInt Res;
4729   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4730       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4731     return QualType();
4732 
4733   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4734   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4735     SizeIsNegative = true;
4736     return QualType();
4737   }
4738 
4739   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4740   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4741     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4742                                               Res);
4743   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4744     Oversized = Res;
4745     return QualType();
4746   }
4747 
4748   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4749                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4750 }
4751 
4752 static void
4753 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4754   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4755     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4756     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4757                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4758     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4759     return;
4760   }
4761   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4762     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4763     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4764                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4765     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4766     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4767     return;
4768   }
4769   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4770   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4771   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4772   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4773   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4774   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4775   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4776   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4777 }
4778 
4779 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4780 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4781 /// GCC compatibility).
4782 static TypeSourceInfo*
4783 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4784                                               ASTContext &Context,
4785                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4786                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4787   QualType FixedTy
4788     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4789                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4790   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4791     return nullptr;
4792   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4793   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4794                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4795   return FixedTInfo;
4796 }
4797 
4798 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4799 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4800 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4801 /// function-scope declarations.
4802 void
4803 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4804   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4805       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4806     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4807     return;
4808 
4809   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4810   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4811   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4812   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4813 }
4814 
4815 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4816   if (ExternalSource) {
4817     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4818     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4819     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4820     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4821     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4822       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4823         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4824       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4825         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4826     }
4827   }
4828 
4829   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4830   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr;
4831 }
4832 
4833 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4834 /// does not identify a function.
4835 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4836   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4837   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4838   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4839     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4840          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4841 
4842   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4843     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4844          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4845 
4846   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4847     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4848          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4849 
4850   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4851     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4852          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4853 }
4854 
4855 NamedDecl*
4856 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4857                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4858   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4859   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4860     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4861       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4862     D.setInvalidType();
4863     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4864     DC = CurContext;
4865     Previous.clear();
4866   }
4867 
4868   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4869 
4870   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4871     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4872       << 1;
4873 
4874   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4875     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4876       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4877     return nullptr;
4878   }
4879 
4880   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4881   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
4882 
4883   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4884   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4885 
4886   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4887 
4888   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4889   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4890   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4891   return ND;
4892 }
4893 
4894 void
4895 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4896   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4897   // then it shall have block scope.
4898   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4899   // that redeclarations will match.
4900   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4901   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4902   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4903     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4904 
4905     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
4906       bool SizeIsNegative;
4907       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4908       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4909         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4910                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4911                                                       Oversized);
4912       if (FixedTInfo) {
4913         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4914         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4915       } else {
4916         if (SizeIsNegative)
4917           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4918         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4919           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4920         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4921           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4922             << Oversized.toString(10);
4923         else
4924           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4925         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4926       }
4927     }
4928   }
4929 }
4930 
4931 
4932 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4933 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4934 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4935 NamedDecl*
4936 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4937                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4938   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4939   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4940   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
4941                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
4942   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4943   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4944     Redeclaration = true;
4945     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4946   }
4947 
4948   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4949   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4950     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4951         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4952       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4953         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4954       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4955         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4956       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4957         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4958       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4959         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4960     }
4961 
4962   return NewTD;
4963 }
4964 
4965 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4966 /// previous declaration.
4967 ///
4968 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4969 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4970 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4971 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4972 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4973 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4974 ///
4975 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4976 /// lookup
4977 ///
4978 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4979 /// declared.
4980 ///
4981 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4982 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4983 static bool
4984 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4985                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4986   if (!PrevDecl)
4987     return false;
4988 
4989   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4990     return false;
4991 
4992   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4993     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4994     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4995     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4996     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4997     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4998     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4999     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5000     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5001       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5002       return false;
5003 
5004     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5005     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5006       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5007       return false;
5008 
5009     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5010     // previous declarations.
5011     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5012     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5013 
5014     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5015     // isn't the same function.
5016     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5017       return false;
5018   }
5019 
5020   return true;
5021 }
5022 
5023 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5024   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5025   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5026   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5027 }
5028 
5029 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5030   QualType type = decl->getType();
5031   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5032   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5033     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5034     unsigned kind = -1U;
5035     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5036       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5037         kind = 0; // __block
5038       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5039         kind = 1; // global
5040     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5041       kind = 3; // ivar
5042     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5043       kind = 2; // field
5044     }
5045 
5046     if (kind != -1U) {
5047       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5048         << kind;
5049     }
5050   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5051     // Try to infer lifetime.
5052     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5053       return false;
5054 
5055     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5056     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5057     decl->setType(type);
5058   }
5059 
5060   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5061     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5062     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5063         var->getTLSKind()) {
5064       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5065         << var->getType();
5066       return true;
5067     }
5068   }
5069 
5070   return false;
5071 }
5072 
5073 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5074   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5075   // the wrong linkage.
5076   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5077 
5078   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5079   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5080     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5081       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5082       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5083     }
5084   }
5085   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5086     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5087       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5088       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5089     }
5090   }
5091 
5092   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
5093   // It does not apply to functions.
5094   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5095     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5096       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5097       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5098     }
5099   }
5100 
5101   // dll attributes require external linkage.
5102   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5103     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5104       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5105         << &ND << Attr;
5106       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5107     }
5108   }
5109 }
5110 
5111 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5112                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5113                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
5114   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
5115     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5116   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5117     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5118 
5119   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5120     return;
5121 
5122   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5123   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5124   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5125   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5126 
5127   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5128   // inherited attribute instances.
5129   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5130                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5131 
5132   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5133   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5134   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5135   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5136   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5137 
5138   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5139     // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for
5140     // free functions and global variables.
5141     bool JustWarn = false;
5142     if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && OldDecl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
5143       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5144       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5145         JustWarn = true;
5146       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5147       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5148         JustWarn = true;
5149     }
5150 
5151     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5152                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5153     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5154         << NewDecl
5155         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5156     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5157     if (!JustWarn) {
5158       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5159       return;
5160     }
5161   }
5162 
5163   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5164   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5165   // and qualified friend declarations.
5166   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
5167   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5168   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
5169     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5170     // separately.
5171     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5172   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5173     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5174     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5175                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5176   }
5177 
5178   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5179       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5180     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5181            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5182       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5183     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5184     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5185     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5186     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5187   }
5188 }
5189 
5190 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5191 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5192 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5193 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5194   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5195 
5196   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5197   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5198 
5199   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5200   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5201     return false;
5202 
5203   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5204 
5205 #ifndef NDEBUG
5206   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5207   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5208   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5209   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5210   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5211 #endif
5212 
5213   bool isC99Inline =
5214       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5215 
5216 #ifndef NDEBUG
5217   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5218 #endif
5219 
5220   return isC99Inline;
5221 }
5222 
5223 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5224 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5225 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5226 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5227 ///
5228 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5229 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5230 ///
5231 /// For instance:
5232 ///
5233 ///   auto x = []{};
5234 ///
5235 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5236 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5237 ///
5238 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5239 template<typename T>
5240 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5241   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5242     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5243     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5244       return false;
5245   }
5246   return D->isExternC();
5247 }
5248 
5249 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5250   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5251   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5252     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5253   if (DC->isFileContext())
5254     return true;
5255   if (DC->isRecord())
5256     return false;
5257   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5258 }
5259 
5260 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5261   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5262   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5263     return true;
5264   if (DC->isRecord())
5265     return false;
5266   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5267 }
5268 
5269 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5270                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5271   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5272     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5273       return true;
5274   return false;
5275 }
5276 
5277 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5278                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5279   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5280   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5281     return true;
5282 
5283   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5284   // position to the decl itself.
5285   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5286     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5287       return true;
5288   }
5289 
5290   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5291   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5292 }
5293 
5294 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5295 /// function-local external declaration.
5296 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5297   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5298     return false;
5299 
5300   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5301   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5302   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5303   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5304     return true;
5305 
5306   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5307   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5308   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5309   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5310   //
5311   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5312   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5313   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5314     DC = DC->getParent();
5315   return true;
5316 }
5317 
5318 NamedDecl *
5319 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5320                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5321                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5322                               bool &AddToScope) {
5323   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5324   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5325 
5326   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5327   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
5328     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5329 
5330   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5331   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5332   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5333       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5334       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5335     SC = SC_Extern;
5336 
5337   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5338   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5339                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5340 
5341   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5342     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5343     QualType NR = R;
5344     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5345       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5346         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5347         D.setInvalidType();
5348         break;
5349       }
5350       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5351     }
5352 
5353     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5354       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5355       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5356       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5357         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5358         D.setInvalidType();
5359       }
5360     }
5361   }
5362 
5363   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5364     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5365     // an error here
5366     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5367     D.setInvalidType();
5368     SC = SC_None;
5369   }
5370 
5371   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5372       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5373                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5374     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5375     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5376     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5377     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5378          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5379       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5380   }
5381 
5382   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5383   if (!II) {
5384     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5385       << Name;
5386     return nullptr;
5387   }
5388 
5389   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5390 
5391   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5392     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5393     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5394     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5395     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5396       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5397       D.setInvalidType();
5398     }
5399   }
5400 
5401   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5402     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5403     // OpenCL __local address space.
5404     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5405       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5406     }
5407 
5408     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5409     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5410     // space qualifiers.
5411     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5412       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5413       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5414     }
5415 
5416     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5417     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5418     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5419     // address space qualifiers.
5420     if (R->isEventT()) {
5421       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5422         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5423         D.setInvalidType();
5424       }
5425 
5426       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5427         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5428         D.setInvalidType();
5429       }
5430     }
5431   }
5432 
5433   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5434   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5435   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5436   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5437   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5438   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5439   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5440   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5441     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5442                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5443                             R, TInfo, SC);
5444 
5445     if (D.isInvalidType())
5446       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5447   } else {
5448     bool Invalid = false;
5449 
5450     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5451       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5452       switch (SC) {
5453       case SC_None:
5454         break;
5455       case SC_Static:
5456         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5457              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5458           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5459         break;
5460       case SC_Auto:
5461       case SC_Register:
5462       case SC_Extern:
5463         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5464         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5465         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5466         // of class members
5467 
5468         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5469              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5470           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5471         break;
5472       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5473         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5474       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5475         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5476       }
5477     }
5478 
5479     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5480       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5481         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5482           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5483                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5484             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5485 
5486         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5487         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5488         if (RD->isUnion())
5489           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5490                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5491                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5492                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5493         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5494         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5495           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5496                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5497             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5498       }
5499     }
5500 
5501     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5502     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5503     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5504         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5505         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5506         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5507             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5508             : nullptr,
5509         TemplateParamLists,
5510         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5511 
5512     if (TemplateParams) {
5513       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5514           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5515         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5516         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5517         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5518              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5519           << II
5520           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5521                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5522         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5523       } else {
5524         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5525           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5526           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5527           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5528           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5529         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5530           // This is a template declaration.
5531           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5532 
5533           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5534           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5535             return nullptr;
5536 
5537           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5538           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5539                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
5540                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5541                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5542         }
5543       }
5544     } else {
5545       assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId &&
5546              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5547     }
5548 
5549     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5550       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5551           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5552               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5553               : SourceLocation();
5554       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5555           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5556           IsPartialSpecialization);
5557       if (Res.isInvalid())
5558         return nullptr;
5559       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5560       AddToScope = false;
5561     } else
5562       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5563                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5564 
5565     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5566     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5567       NewTemplate =
5568           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5569                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5570       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5571     }
5572 
5573     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5574     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5575     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5576       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5577 
5578     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5579       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5580       if (NewTemplate)
5581         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5582     }
5583 
5584     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5585 
5586     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5587     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5588     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5589     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5590       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5591           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5592           TemplateParamLists.data());
5593 
5594     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5595       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5596   }
5597 
5598   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5599   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5600   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5601   if (NewTemplate)
5602     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5603 
5604   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5605     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5606 
5607   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5608     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5609       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5610       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5611       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5612       //   explicitly.
5613       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5614       //   'extern'.
5615       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5616           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5617           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5618         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5619       else
5620         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5621              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5622           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5623     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5624       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5625            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5626     else
5627       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5628   }
5629 
5630   // C99 6.7.4p3
5631   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5632   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5633   //   thread storage duration...
5634   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5635   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5636   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5637   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5638   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5639   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5640       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5641     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5642     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5643       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5644            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5645       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5646     }
5647   }
5648 
5649   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5650     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5651       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5652           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5653           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5654                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5655     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5656       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5657         << 2
5658         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5659     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5660       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5661         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5662         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5663         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5664     else {
5665       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5666       if (NewTemplate)
5667         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5668     }
5669   }
5670 
5671   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5672   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5673 
5674   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5675     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5676     // storage [duration]."
5677     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5678         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5679          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5680       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5681     }
5682   }
5683 
5684   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5685   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5686   // check the VarDecl itself.
5687   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5688          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5689          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5690 
5691   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5692   // retainable type.
5693   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5694     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5695 
5696   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5697   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5698     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5699     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5700     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5701     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
5702       switch (SC) {
5703       case SC_None:
5704       case SC_Auto:
5705         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5706         break;
5707       case SC_Register:
5708         // Local Named register
5709         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5710           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5711         break;
5712       case SC_Static:
5713       case SC_Extern:
5714       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5715       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5716         break;
5717       }
5718     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
5719       // Global Named register
5720       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5721         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5722       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
5723         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
5724         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5725       }
5726     }
5727 
5728     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5729                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5730   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5731     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5732       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5733     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5734       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5735       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5736     }
5737   }
5738 
5739   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5740   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5741     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5742 
5743   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5744   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5745   // declaration has linkage).
5746   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5747                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5748                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5749                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5750 
5751   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5752   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5753   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5754       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5755     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5756         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5757         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5758 
5759   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5760     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5761   } else {
5762     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5763     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5764         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5765       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5766 
5767     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5768     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5769       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5770           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5771           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5772         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5773         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5774         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5775           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5776         Previous.clear();
5777         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5778       }
5779     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5780       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5781       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5782         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5783         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5784       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5785     }
5786 
5787     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5788       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5789 
5790     if (NewTemplate) {
5791       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5792           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5793               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5794               : nullptr;
5795 
5796       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5797       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5798       // template declaration.
5799       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5800               TemplateParams,
5801               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5802                               : nullptr,
5803               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5804                DC->isDependentContext())
5805                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5806                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5807         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5808 
5809       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5810       // template, make a note of that.
5811       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5812           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5813         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5814     }
5815   }
5816 
5817   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5818 
5819   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5820   // the map of such variables.
5821   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5822       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5823     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5824 
5825   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5826     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5827     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5828             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5829                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5830       Context.setManglingNumber(
5831           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
5832       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5833     }
5834   }
5835 
5836   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
5837     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
5838         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
5839         IsExplicitSpecialization);
5840   }
5841 
5842   if (NewTemplate) {
5843     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5844       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5845     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5846     return NewTemplate;
5847   }
5848 
5849   return NewVD;
5850 }
5851 
5852 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5853 /// -Wshadow.
5854 ///
5855 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5856 /// scope.
5857 ///
5858 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5859 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5860 ///
5861 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5862   // Return if warning is ignored.
5863   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
5864     return;
5865 
5866   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5867   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5868     return;
5869 
5870   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5871 
5872   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5873   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5874     return;
5875 
5876   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5877   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5878     return;
5879 
5880   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5881   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5882     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5883       if (MD->isStatic())
5884         return;
5885 
5886   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5887     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5888       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5889       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5890       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
5891         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5892           ShadowedDecl = I;
5893           break;
5894         }
5895     }
5896 
5897   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5898 
5899   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5900   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5901     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5902     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5903       return;
5904 
5905     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5906     // static data members from base classes?
5907 
5908     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5909     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5910     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5911   }
5912 
5913   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5914   unsigned Kind;
5915   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5916     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5917       Kind = 3; // field
5918     else
5919       Kind = 2; // static data member
5920   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5921     Kind = 1; // global
5922   else
5923     Kind = 0; // local
5924 
5925   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5926 
5927   // Emit warning and note.
5928   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
5929     return;
5930   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5931   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5932 }
5933 
5934 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5935 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5936   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
5937     return;
5938 
5939   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5940                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5941   LookupName(R, S);
5942   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5943 }
5944 
5945 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5946 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5947 template<typename T>
5948 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5949     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5950   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5951   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5952 
5953   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5954     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5955     // declaration.
5956     return false;
5957   }
5958 
5959   if (Prev) {
5960     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5961       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5962       // redeclaration.
5963       Previous.clear();
5964       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5965       return true;
5966     }
5967 
5968     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5969     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5970     // declaration.
5971     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5972       return false;
5973   } else {
5974     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5975     // translation unit which might conflict.
5976     if (IsGlobal) {
5977       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5978       IsGlobal = false;
5979       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5980            I != E; ++I) {
5981         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5982           Prev = *I;
5983           break;
5984         }
5985       }
5986     } else {
5987       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5988           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5989       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5990            I != E; ++I) {
5991         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5992           Prev = *I;
5993           break;
5994         }
5995         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5996         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5997         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
5998         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
5999         // diagnostic.
6000       }
6001     }
6002 
6003     if (!Prev)
6004       return false;
6005   }
6006 
6007   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6008   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6009   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6010   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6011     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6012   else
6013     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6014 
6015   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6016     << IsGlobal << ND;
6017   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6018     << IsGlobal;
6019   return false;
6020 }
6021 
6022 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6023 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6024 ///
6025 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6026 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6027 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6028 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6029 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6030 template<typename T>
6031 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6032                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6033   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6034     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6035     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6036     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6037     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6038       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6039         Previous.clear();
6040         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6041         return true;
6042       }
6043     }
6044     return false;
6045   }
6046 
6047   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6048   // declaration.
6049   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6050     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6051 
6052   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6053   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6054   // in another scope.
6055   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6056     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6057 
6058   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6059   return false;
6060 }
6061 
6062 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6063   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6064   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6065     return;
6066 
6067   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6068   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6069 
6070   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6071   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6072     return;
6073 
6074   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6075     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6076 
6077   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6078     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6079       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6080     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6081     NewVD->setType(T);
6082   }
6083 
6084   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6085   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6086   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6087   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6088   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6089     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6090     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6091     return;
6092   }
6093 
6094   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6095   // __constant address space.
6096   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
6097       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
6098       && !T->isSamplerT()){
6099     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
6100     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6101     return;
6102   }
6103 
6104   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
6105   // scope.
6106   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6107       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6108     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6109     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6110     return;
6111   }
6112 
6113   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6114       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6115     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6116       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6117     else {
6118       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6119       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6120     }
6121   }
6122 
6123   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6124   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6125       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6126     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6127 
6128   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6129       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6130     bool SizeIsNegative;
6131     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6132     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6133       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6134                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6135     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6136       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6137       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6138       // int a[10][n];
6139       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6140 
6141       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6142         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6143         << SizeRange;
6144       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6145         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6146         << SizeRange;
6147       else
6148         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6149         << SizeRange;
6150       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6151       return;
6152     }
6153 
6154     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6155       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6156         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6157       else
6158         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6159       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6160       return;
6161     }
6162 
6163     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6164     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6165     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6166   }
6167 
6168   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6169     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6170     //                    of objects and functions.
6171     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6172       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6173         << T;
6174       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6175       return;
6176     }
6177   }
6178 
6179   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6180     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6181     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6182     return;
6183   }
6184 
6185   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6186     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
6187     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6188     return;
6189   }
6190 
6191   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
6192       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
6193                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
6194     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6195     return;
6196   }
6197 }
6198 
6199 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6200 /// declaration.
6201 ///
6202 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6203 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6204 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6205 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6206 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6207 ///
6208 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6209 ///
6210 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6211 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6212   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6213 
6214   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6215   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6216     return false;
6217 
6218   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6219   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6220   if (Previous.empty() &&
6221       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6222     Previous.setShadowed();
6223 
6224   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
6225   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
6226 
6227   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6228     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6229     return true;
6230   }
6231   return false;
6232 }
6233 
6234 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
6235 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
6236   Sema *S;
6237   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6238 };
6239 
6240 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6241 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6242 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6243 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
6244                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
6245                                  void *UserData) {
6246   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6247 
6248   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
6249     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
6250 
6251   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
6252 
6253   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6254   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6255     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6256     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6257     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6258 
6259     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6260   }
6261 
6262   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
6263        !Path.Decls.empty();
6264        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6265     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6266     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6267       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
6268         return true;
6269     }
6270   }
6271 
6272   return false;
6273 }
6274 
6275 namespace {
6276   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6277 }
6278 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6279 /// overriden methods.
6280 ///
6281 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6282 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6283 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6284 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6285                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6286   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6287   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6288                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6289        I != E; ++I) {
6290     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6291     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6292     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6293     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6294         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6295         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6296       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6297   }
6298 }
6299 
6300 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6301 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6302 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6303   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
6304   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6305   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
6306   Data.Method = MD;
6307   Data.S = this;
6308   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6309   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6310   bool AddedAny = false;
6311   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
6312     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6313       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6314         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6315         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6316             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6317             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6318             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6319           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6320           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6321           AddedAny = true;
6322         }
6323       }
6324     }
6325   }
6326 
6327   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6328     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6329   }
6330   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6331     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6332   }
6333 
6334   return AddedAny;
6335 }
6336 
6337 namespace {
6338   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6339   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6340   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6341     Scope *S;
6342     Declarator &D;
6343     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6344     bool AddToScope;
6345   };
6346 }
6347 
6348 namespace {
6349 
6350 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6351 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6352 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6353  public:
6354   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6355                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6356       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6357         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6358 
6359   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6360     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6361       return false;
6362 
6363     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6364     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6365                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6366          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6367       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6368 
6369       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6370           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6371         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6372           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6373           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6374             return true;
6375         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6376           return true;
6377         }
6378       }
6379     }
6380 
6381     return false;
6382   }
6383 
6384  private:
6385   ASTContext &Context;
6386   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6387   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6388 };
6389 
6390 }
6391 
6392 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6393 ///
6394 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6395 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6396 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6397 /// the same name.
6398 ///
6399 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6400 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6401 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6402     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6403     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6404   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6405   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6406   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6407   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6408   TypoCorrection Correction;
6409   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6410   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6411                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6412   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6413                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6414                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6415                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6416 
6417   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6418   if (IsLocalFriend)
6419     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6420   else
6421     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6422   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6423          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6424   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6425   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
6426                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr);
6427   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6428     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6429          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6430       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6431       if (FD &&
6432           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6433         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6434         // involve a parameter
6435         unsigned ParamNum =
6436             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6437         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6438       }
6439     }
6440   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6441   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6442                  Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6443                  &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator,
6444                  Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6445     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6446     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6447                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6448     Previous.clear();
6449     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6450     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6451                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6452          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6453       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6454       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6455           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6456         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6457       }
6458     }
6459     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6460 
6461     NamedDecl *Result;
6462     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6463     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6464     {
6465       // Trap errors.
6466       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6467 
6468       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6469       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6470       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6471       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6472           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6473           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6474           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6475           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6476 
6477       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6478         Result = nullptr;
6479     }
6480 
6481     if (Result) {
6482       // Determine which correction we picked.
6483       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6484       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6485            I != E; ++I)
6486         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6487           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6488 
6489       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6490           Correction,
6491           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6492                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6493                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6494             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6495       return Result;
6496     }
6497 
6498     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6499     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6500                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6501     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6502     Previous.clear();
6503     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6504   }
6505 
6506   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6507       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6508 
6509   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6510   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6511     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6512 
6513   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6514        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6515        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6516     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6517     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6518     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6519     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6520 
6521     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6522     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6523       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6524       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6525       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6526       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6527                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6528         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6529         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6530     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6531       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6532           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6533     } else
6534       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6535                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6536                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6537   }
6538   return nullptr;
6539 }
6540 
6541 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6542                                                           Declarator &D) {
6543   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6544   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6545   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6546   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6547   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6548     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6549                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6550     D.setInvalidType();
6551     break;
6552   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6553   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6554     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6555       return SC_None;
6556     return SC_Extern;
6557   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6558     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6559       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6560       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6561       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6562       //   other than extern
6563       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6564       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6565                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6566       break;
6567     } else
6568       return SC_Static;
6569   }
6570   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6571   }
6572 
6573   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6574   return SC_None;
6575 }
6576 
6577 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6578                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6579                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6580                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6581                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6582   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6583   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6584 
6585   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6586   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6587 
6588   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6589     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6590     // prototype. This true when:
6591     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6592     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6593     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6594     bool HasPrototype =
6595       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6596       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6597 
6598     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6599                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6600                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6601                                  HasPrototype, false);
6602     if (D.isInvalidType())
6603       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6604 
6605     // Set the lexical context.
6606     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6607 
6608     return NewFD;
6609   }
6610 
6611   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6612   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6613 
6614   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6615   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6616   // the class has been completely parsed.
6617   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6618       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6619           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6620           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6621     D.setInvalidType();
6622 
6623   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6624     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6625     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6626            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6627 
6628     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6629     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6630                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6631                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6632                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6633                                       isConstexpr);
6634 
6635   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6636     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6637     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6638       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6639       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6640       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6641                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6642                                         D.getLocStart(),
6643                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6644                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6645 
6646       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6647       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6648       // it yet.
6649       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6650           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6651           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6652         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6653       }
6654 
6655       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6656       return NewDD;
6657 
6658     } else {
6659       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6660       D.setInvalidType();
6661 
6662       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6663       // code path.
6664       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6665                                   D.getLocStart(),
6666                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6667                                   SC, isInline,
6668                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6669     }
6670 
6671   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6672     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6673       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6674            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6675       return nullptr;
6676     }
6677 
6678     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6679     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6680     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6681                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6682                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6683                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6684 
6685   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6686     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6687     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6688     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6689     // constructor if it has no return type).
6690     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6691         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6692       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6693         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6694         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6695       return nullptr;
6696     }
6697 
6698     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6699     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6700                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6701                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6702                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6703                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6704     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6705     return Ret;
6706   } else {
6707     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6708     // prototype. This true when:
6709     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6710     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6711                                 D.getLocStart(),
6712                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6713                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6714   }
6715 }
6716 
6717 enum OpenCLParamType {
6718   ValidKernelParam,
6719   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6720   PtrKernelParam,
6721   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
6722   InvalidKernelParam,
6723   RecordKernelParam
6724 };
6725 
6726 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6727   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6728     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6729     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
6730       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
6731     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
6732                                               : PtrKernelParam;
6733   }
6734 
6735   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6736   // be used as builtin types.
6737 
6738   if (PT->isImageType())
6739     return PtrKernelParam;
6740 
6741   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6742     return InvalidKernelParam;
6743 
6744   if (PT->isEventT())
6745     return InvalidKernelParam;
6746 
6747   if (PT->isHalfType())
6748     return InvalidKernelParam;
6749 
6750   if (PT->isRecordType())
6751     return RecordKernelParam;
6752 
6753   return ValidKernelParam;
6754 }
6755 
6756 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6757   Sema &S,
6758   Declarator &D,
6759   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6760   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
6761   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6762 
6763   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6764   // used again
6765   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6766     return;
6767 
6768   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6769   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6770     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6771     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6772     // pointer to a pointer type.
6773     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6774     D.setInvalidType();
6775     return;
6776 
6777   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
6778     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6779     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6780     // pointer to the private address space.
6781     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
6782     D.setInvalidType();
6783     return;
6784 
6785     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6786     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6787     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6788     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6789     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6790 
6791   case InvalidKernelParam:
6792     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6793     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6794     // of event_t type.
6795     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6796     D.setInvalidType();
6797     return;
6798 
6799   case PtrKernelParam:
6800   case ValidKernelParam:
6801     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6802     return;
6803 
6804   case RecordKernelParam:
6805     break;
6806   }
6807 
6808   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6809   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6810 
6811   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6812   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6813   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6814   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
6815 
6816   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6817   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6818 
6819   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6820 
6821   do {
6822     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6823     if (!Next) {
6824       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6825       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6826       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6827         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6828 
6829       continue;
6830     }
6831 
6832     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6833     // field itself) to the history stack.
6834     const RecordDecl *RD;
6835     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6836       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6837       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6838     } else {
6839       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6840     }
6841 
6842     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6843     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
6844 
6845     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6846       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6847 
6848       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6849         continue;
6850 
6851       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6852       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6853         continue;
6854 
6855       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6856         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6857         continue;
6858       }
6859 
6860       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6861       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6862       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6863       // union.
6864       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
6865           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
6866         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6867                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6868           << PT->isUnionType()
6869           << PT;
6870       } else {
6871         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6872       }
6873 
6874       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6875         << PD->getDeclName();
6876 
6877       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6878       // the offending field came from
6879       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6880              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6881         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6882         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6883           << OuterField->getType();
6884       }
6885 
6886       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6887         << QT->isPointerType()
6888         << QT;
6889       D.setInvalidType();
6890       return;
6891     }
6892   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6893 }
6894 
6895 NamedDecl*
6896 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6897                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6898                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6899                               bool &AddToScope) {
6900   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6901 
6902   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6903 
6904   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6905   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6906   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6907   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6908 
6909   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6910     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6911          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6912       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6913 
6914   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6915     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6916 
6917   bool isFriend = false;
6918   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
6919   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6920   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6921 
6922   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6923   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6924   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6925 
6926   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6927 
6928   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6929   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6930 
6931   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6932                                               isVirtualOkay);
6933   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
6934 
6935   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6936     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6937 
6938   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6939   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6940   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6941   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6942 
6943   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6944     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6945 
6946   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6947     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6948     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6949     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6950     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6951     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6952     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6953       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6954       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6955       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6956       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6957     }
6958 
6959     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6960     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6961     // return true).
6962     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6963           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6964       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6965         NewFD->setPure(true);
6966     }
6967 
6968     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6969     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6970     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6971     if (D.isInvalidType())
6972       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6973 
6974     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6975     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6976     bool Invalid = false;
6977     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6978             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6979                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6980                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6981                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
6982                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
6983                     : nullptr,
6984                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
6985                 Invalid)) {
6986       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6987         // This is a function template
6988 
6989         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6990         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6991           return nullptr;
6992 
6993         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6994         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6995           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6996           return nullptr;
6997         }
6998 
6999         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7000         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7001         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7002         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7003           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7004           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7005             Invalid = true;
7006         }
7007 
7008 
7009         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7010                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7011                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7012                                                         NewFD);
7013         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7014         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7015 
7016         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
7017         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
7018           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7019                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
7020                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7021         }
7022       } else {
7023         // This is a function template specialization.
7024         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7025         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7026         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7027           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7028                                                TemplateParamLists.size(),
7029                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7030 
7031         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
7032         if (isFriend) {
7033           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
7034           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
7035 
7036           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
7037           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
7038           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
7039           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
7040           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
7041           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
7042           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7043             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
7044             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
7045           }
7046 
7047           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
7048             << Name << RemoveRange
7049             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
7050             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
7051         }
7052       }
7053     }
7054     else {
7055       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
7056       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
7057       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7058         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7059         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7060                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
7061                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
7062     }
7063 
7064     if (Invalid) {
7065       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7066       if (FunctionTemplate)
7067         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7068     }
7069 
7070     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7071     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7072     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7073     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7074     //
7075     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7076       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7077         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7078              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7079       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7080         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7081         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7082              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7083           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7084       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7085         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7086         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7087         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7088              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7089           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7090       } else {
7091         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7092         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7093       }
7094 
7095       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7096           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7097         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7098     }
7099 
7100     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7101         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7102          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7103         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7104       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7105       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7106       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7107       // thing to do.
7108       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7109       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7110       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7111           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7112       QualType Result =
7113           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7114       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7115                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7116     }
7117 
7118     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7119     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7120     //  declaration.
7121     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7122       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7123         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7124         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7125              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7126           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7127       }
7128     }
7129 
7130     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7131     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7132     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7133     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7134     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7135       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7136         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7137         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7138              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7139           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7140       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7141                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7142         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7143         // or conversion function.
7144         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7145              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7146           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7147       }
7148     }
7149 
7150     if (isConstexpr) {
7151       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7152       // are implicitly inline.
7153       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7154 
7155       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7156       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7157       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7158       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7159         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7160     }
7161 
7162     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
7163     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7164       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7165         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
7166           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
7167         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7168           << 0
7169           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7170       } else {
7171         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
7172         if (FunctionTemplate)
7173           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7174       }
7175     }
7176 
7177     if (isFriend) {
7178       if (FunctionTemplate) {
7179         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7180         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
7181       }
7182       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7183       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7184     }
7185 
7186     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
7187     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
7188     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
7189     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
7190       case FDK_Declaration:
7191       case FDK_Definition:
7192         break;
7193 
7194       case FDK_Defaulted:
7195         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7196         break;
7197 
7198       case FDK_Deleted:
7199         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7200         break;
7201     }
7202 
7203     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7204         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7205       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7206       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7207       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7208       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7209     }
7210 
7211     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7212         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7213       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7214       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7215       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7216       //   the class.
7217 
7218       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7219       // member function definition.
7220       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7221            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7222         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7223     }
7224 
7225     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7226     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7227     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7228     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7229     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7230          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7231         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
7232       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
7233           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
7234           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
7235   }
7236 
7237   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7238   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7239                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7240                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7241                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7242 
7243   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7244   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7245     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7246     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7247     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7248                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7249   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7250     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7251       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7252     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7253       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7254       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7255     }
7256   }
7257 
7258   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7259   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7260   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7261   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7262     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7263 
7264     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7265     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7266     // single void argument.
7267     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7268     // already checks for that case.
7269     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7270       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7271         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7272         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7273         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7274         Params.push_back(Param);
7275 
7276         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7277           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7278       }
7279     }
7280 
7281   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7282     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7283     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7284     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7285     //
7286     // @code
7287     // typedef void fn(int);
7288     // fn f;
7289     // @endcode
7290 
7291     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7292     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7293       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7294           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7295       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7296       Params.push_back(Param);
7297     }
7298   } else {
7299     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7300            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7301   }
7302 
7303   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7304   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7305 
7306   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7307   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7308   //
7309   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7310   //
7311   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7312   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7313   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7314 
7315   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7316     NewFD->addAttr(
7317         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7318                                        Context, 0));
7319 
7320   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7321   // because all functions have linkage.
7322   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7323       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7324     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7325     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7326   }
7327 
7328   if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue &&
7329       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7330     NewFD->addAttr(
7331         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7332                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7333                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7334     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7335                      PSF_Implicit | PSF_Execute | PSF_Read, NewFD))
7336       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7337   }
7338 
7339   // Handle attributes.
7340   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7341 
7342   QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType();
7343   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
7344       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
7345   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
7346       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
7347     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7348     // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute.
7349     // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions
7350     // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators)
7351     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret)
7352       NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7353   }
7354 
7355   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7356     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7357     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7358     unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace();
7359     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7360         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7361         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7362       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7363            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7364       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7365     }
7366   }
7367 
7368   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7369     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7370     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7371     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7372       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7373 
7374     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7375       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7376 
7377     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7378       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7379                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7380     else if (!Previous.empty())
7381       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
7382       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7383     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7384             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7385            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7386   } else {
7387     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7388     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7389     //
7390     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7391     //
7392     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7393     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7394     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7395         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7396         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7397       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7398            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7399         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7400 
7401     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7402     // argument list into our AST format.
7403     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7404       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7405       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7406       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7407       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7408                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7409       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7410                                  TemplateArgs);
7411 
7412       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7413 
7414       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7415         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7416       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7417         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7418         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7419           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7420 
7421         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7422       } else {
7423         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7424                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7425                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7426         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7427         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7428       }
7429     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7430       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7431       // wrote something like:
7432       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7433       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7434       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7435       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7436       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7437       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7438       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7439     }
7440 
7441     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7442     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7443     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7444     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7445     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7446     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7447         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7448          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7449             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7450             InstantiationDependent))) {
7451       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7452              "friend function specialization without template args");
7453       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7454                                                        Previous))
7455         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7456     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7457       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7458           && !isFriend) {
7459         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7460         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7461           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7462           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7463           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7464       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7465                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7466                                                            : nullptr),
7467                                                      Previous))
7468         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7469 
7470       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7471       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7472       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7473       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7474           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7475       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7476         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7477           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7478                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7479             << SC
7480             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7481                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7482 
7483         else
7484           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7485                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7486             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7487                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7488       }
7489 
7490     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7491       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7492           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7493     }
7494 
7495     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7496     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7497       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7498         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7499 
7500       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7501         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7502 
7503       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7504         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7505                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7506     }
7507 
7508     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7509             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7510            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7511 
7512     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7513                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7514                                 : NewFD);
7515 
7516     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7517       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7518       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7519         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7520 
7521       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7522       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7523     }
7524 
7525     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7526         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7527       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7528 
7529     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7530     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7531     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7532       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7533                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7534       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7535                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7536                                     : nullptr,
7537                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7538                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7539                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7540                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7541                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7542                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7543                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7544                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7545                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7546     }
7547 
7548     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7549       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7550     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7551       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7552                                        AddToScope };
7553       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7554       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7555         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7556 
7557       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7558       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7559         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7560         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7561 
7562         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7563         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7564         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7565         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7566         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7567         // can actually do this check immediately.
7568         if (isFriend &&
7569             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7570              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7571              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7572           // ignore these
7573         } else {
7574           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7575           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7576           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7577           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7578           //
7579           // class X {
7580           //   void f() const;
7581           // };
7582           //
7583           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7584           //
7585           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7586           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7587           // whether the parameter types are references).
7588 
7589           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7590                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
7591             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7592             return Result;
7593           }
7594         }
7595 
7596         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7597         // to something.
7598       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7599         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7600                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7601           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7602           return Result;
7603         }
7604       }
7605 
7606     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7607                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7608                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7609                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7610       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7611       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7612       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7613       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7614       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7615       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7616       // generate them.
7617       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7618         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7619     }
7620   }
7621 
7622   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7623   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7624 
7625   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7626 
7627   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7628       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7629     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7630          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7631       << NewFD;
7632 
7633     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7634     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7635     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7636         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7637     EPI.Variadic = true;
7638     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7639 
7640     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7641     NewFD->setType(R);
7642   }
7643 
7644   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7645   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7646   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7647     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7648 
7649   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7650   // marking the function.
7651   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7652 
7653   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
7654   // a pragma.
7655   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
7656     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
7657 
7658   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7659   // the map of such variables.
7660   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7661       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7662     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7663 
7664   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7665   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7666 
7667   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7668     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7669         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7670         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7671   }
7672 
7673   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7674     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7675       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7676         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7677       return FunctionTemplate;
7678     }
7679   }
7680 
7681   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7682     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7683     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7684         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7685       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7686       D.setInvalidType();
7687     }
7688 
7689     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7690     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7691       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
7692       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
7693           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
7694                                 : FixItHint());
7695       D.setInvalidType();
7696     }
7697 
7698     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7699     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
7700       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7701   }
7702 
7703   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7704 
7705   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7706     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7707       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7708           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7709         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7710           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7711             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7712 
7713           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7714         }
7715       }
7716 
7717   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7718   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7719   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7720   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7721     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7722                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7723                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7724                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7725                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7726     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7727     AddToScope = false;
7728   }
7729 
7730   return NewFD;
7731 }
7732 
7733 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7734 ///
7735 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7736 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7737 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7738 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7739 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7740 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7741 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7742 ///
7743 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7744 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7745 ///
7746 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7747 ///
7748 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7749 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7750                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7751                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7752   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7753          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7754 
7755   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7756   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7757   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7758   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7759                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7760 
7761   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7762   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7763 
7764   bool Redeclaration = false;
7765   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
7766 
7767   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7768   // the same name, if appropriate.
7769   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7770     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7771     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7772     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7773     // function to the scope.
7774     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7775       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7776       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7777         Redeclaration = true;
7778         OldDecl = Candidate;
7779       }
7780     } else {
7781       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7782                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7783       case Ovl_Match:
7784         Redeclaration = true;
7785         break;
7786 
7787       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7788         Redeclaration = true;
7789         break;
7790 
7791       case Ovl_Overload:
7792         Redeclaration = false;
7793         break;
7794       }
7795 
7796       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7797         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7798         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7799         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7800           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7801         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
7802         if (Redeclaration)
7803           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7804         else if (!Previous.empty())
7805           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7806         if (OverloadedDecl)
7807           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7808                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7809         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7810       }
7811     }
7812   }
7813 
7814   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7815   if (!Redeclaration &&
7816       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7817     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7818     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7819       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7820       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7821       Redeclaration = true;
7822       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7823       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7824 
7825       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7826       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7827         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7828           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7829             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7830           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7831                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7832           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7833         }
7834         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7835           Redeclaration = false;
7836           OldDecl = nullptr;
7837         }
7838       }
7839     }
7840   }
7841 
7842   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7843   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7844   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7845   //
7846   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7847   // definition of a static member function.
7848   //
7849   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7850   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7851   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7852   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7853       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7854       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7855     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
7856     if (OldDecl)
7857       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
7858     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7859       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7860         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7861       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7862       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7863       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
7864                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
7865 
7866       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7867       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7868       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7869         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7870         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7871                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7872           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7873 
7874         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7875           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7876       }
7877     }
7878   }
7879 
7880   if (Redeclaration) {
7881     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7882     // merged.
7883     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7884       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7885       return Redeclaration;
7886     }
7887 
7888     Previous.clear();
7889     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7890 
7891     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7892                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7893       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7894       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7895         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7896       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7897       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7898             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7899         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7900         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7901       }
7902 
7903       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7904       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7905       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7906           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7907         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7908         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7909       }
7910 
7911     } else {
7912       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7913       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7914 
7915       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7916         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7917         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7918         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7919         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7920 
7921         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7922         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7923         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7924 
7925         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7926         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7927             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7928           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7929           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7930           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7931           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7932           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7933             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7934           }
7935         }
7936       }
7937     }
7938   }
7939 
7940   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7941 
7942   // Diagnose the use of callee-cleanup calls on unprototyped functions.
7943   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType());
7944   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
7945   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewType)) {
7946     FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
7947     if (isCalleeCleanup(NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
7948       // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
7949       // (void) parameters, so use a default-error warning in this case :-/
7950       int DiagID = NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_X86StdCall
7951           ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
7952       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
7953           << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC());
7954     }
7955   }
7956 
7957   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7958     // C++-specific checks.
7959     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7960       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7961     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7962                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7963       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7964       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7965 
7966       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7967       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7968       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7969         DeclarationName Name
7970           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7971                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7972         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7973           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7974           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7975           return Redeclaration;
7976         }
7977       }
7978     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7979                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7980       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7981     }
7982 
7983     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7984     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7985       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7986           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7987           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7988         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7989           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7990           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7991             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7992           }
7993         }
7994       }
7995 
7996       if (Method->isStatic())
7997         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
7998     }
7999 
8000     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
8001     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
8002         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8003       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8004       return Redeclaration;
8005     }
8006 
8007     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
8008     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
8009         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8010       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8011       return Redeclaration;
8012     }
8013 
8014     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
8015     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
8016     // during delayed parsing anyway.
8017     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
8018       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
8019 
8020     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
8021     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
8022     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
8023       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
8024       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
8025       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
8026       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
8027         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
8028         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
8029         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
8030       }
8031     }
8032 
8033     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
8034     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
8035     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
8036     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
8037     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
8038       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
8039       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
8040         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
8041             << NewFD << R;
8042       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
8043                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8044         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
8045     }
8046   }
8047   return Redeclaration;
8048 }
8049 
8050 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
8051   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
8052   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
8053   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
8054   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
8055   //   appear in a declaration of main.
8056   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
8057   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
8058   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8059     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8060          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
8061       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8062   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
8063     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
8064       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
8065   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
8066     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
8067     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
8068     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
8069     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
8070       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
8071   }
8072   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
8073     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
8074       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
8075     FD->setConstexpr(false);
8076   }
8077 
8078   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8079     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
8080         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
8081     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8082     return;
8083   }
8084 
8085   QualType T = FD->getType();
8086   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8087   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8088 
8089   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8090     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
8091     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
8092     // implicit-return-zero rule.
8093 
8094     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
8095     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8096       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8097     else {
8098       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
8099       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8100       if (RTRange.isValid())
8101         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
8102             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
8103     }
8104   } else {
8105     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
8106     // set the flag which tells us that.
8107     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
8108 
8109     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
8110     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8111       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8112     else {
8113       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
8114       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8115       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
8116           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
8117                                 : FixItHint());
8118       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8119     }
8120   }
8121 
8122   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
8123   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
8124 
8125   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
8126   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
8127   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
8128 
8129   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
8130 
8131   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
8132   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
8133   // getting shifty.
8134   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
8135     HasExtraParameters = false;
8136 
8137   if (HasExtraParameters) {
8138     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
8139     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8140     nparams = 3;
8141   }
8142 
8143   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
8144   // if we had some location information about types.
8145 
8146   QualType CharPP =
8147     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
8148   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
8149 
8150   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
8151     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
8152 
8153     bool mismatch = true;
8154 
8155     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
8156       mismatch = false;
8157     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
8158       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
8159       //   char const **
8160       //   char const * const *
8161       //   char * const *
8162 
8163       QualifierCollector qs;
8164       const PointerType* PT;
8165       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8166           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8167           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
8168                               Context.CharTy)) {
8169         qs.removeConst();
8170         mismatch = !qs.empty();
8171       }
8172     }
8173 
8174     if (mismatch) {
8175       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
8176       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
8177       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8178     }
8179   }
8180 
8181   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8182     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
8183   }
8184 
8185   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8186     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8187     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8188   }
8189 }
8190 
8191 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8192   QualType T = FD->getType();
8193   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8194   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8195 
8196   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
8197   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8198   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8199       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8200       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8201     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8202     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8203       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8204 
8205   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8206     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8207     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8208   }
8209 }
8210 
8211 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8212   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8213   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8214   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8215   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8216   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8217   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8218   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8219   // rules there don't matter.)
8220   const Expr *Culprit;
8221   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8222     return false;
8223   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8224     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8225   return true;
8226 }
8227 
8228 namespace {
8229   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8230   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8231   class SelfReferenceChecker
8232       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8233     Sema &S;
8234     Decl *OrigDecl;
8235     bool isRecordType;
8236     bool isPODType;
8237     bool isReferenceType;
8238 
8239     bool isInitList;
8240     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
8241   public:
8242     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8243 
8244     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8245                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8246       isPODType = false;
8247       isRecordType = false;
8248       isReferenceType = false;
8249       isInitList = false;
8250       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8251         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8252         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8253         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8254       }
8255     }
8256 
8257     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
8258     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
8259     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
8260     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
8261       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
8262       if (!InitList) {
8263         Visit(E);
8264         return;
8265       }
8266 
8267       // Track and increment the index here.
8268       isInitList = true;
8269       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
8270       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
8271         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
8272         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
8273       }
8274       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
8275     }
8276 
8277     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
8278     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
8279     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
8280       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
8281       Expr *Base = E;
8282       bool ReferenceField = false;
8283 
8284       // Get the field memebers used.
8285       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8286         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
8287         if (!FD)
8288           return false;
8289         Fields.push_back(FD);
8290         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
8291           ReferenceField = true;
8292         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8293       }
8294 
8295       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
8296       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
8297       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
8298         return false;
8299 
8300       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
8301       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
8302         return true;
8303 
8304       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
8305       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
8306       for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) {
8307         UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex());
8308       }
8309 
8310       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
8311       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
8312       // initialized, then the use is safe.
8313       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
8314                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
8315                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
8316                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
8317            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
8318         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
8319           return true;
8320         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
8321           break;
8322       }
8323 
8324       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
8325       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8326       return true;
8327     }
8328 
8329     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8330     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8331     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8332     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8333       E = E->IgnoreParens();
8334       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8335         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8336         return;
8337       }
8338 
8339       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8340         Visit(CO->getCond());
8341         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8342         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8343         return;
8344       }
8345 
8346       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
8347               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8348         Visit(BCO->getCond());
8349         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
8350         return;
8351       }
8352 
8353       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
8354         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
8355         return;
8356       }
8357 
8358       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8359         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
8360           Visit(BO->getLHS());
8361           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
8362           return;
8363         }
8364       }
8365 
8366       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8367         if (isInitList) {
8368           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
8369                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
8370             return;
8371         }
8372 
8373         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8374         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8375           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8376           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8377             return;
8378           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8379         }
8380         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8381           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8382         return;
8383       }
8384 
8385       Visit(E);
8386     }
8387 
8388     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
8389     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
8390     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8391       if (isReferenceType)
8392         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8393     }
8394 
8395     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8396       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
8397         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8398         return;
8399       }
8400 
8401       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8402     }
8403 
8404     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8405       if (isInitList) {
8406         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
8407           return;
8408       }
8409 
8410       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8411       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8412 
8413       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8414       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8415       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8416       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8417       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8418       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8419         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8420           Warn = false;
8421         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8422       }
8423 
8424       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8425         if (Warn)
8426           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8427         return;
8428       }
8429 
8430       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8431       // Visit that expression.
8432       Visit(Base);
8433     }
8434 
8435     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8436       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
8437         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
8438           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8439 
8440       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8441     }
8442 
8443     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8444       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8445       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8446           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8447         if (!isPODType)
8448           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8449         return;
8450       }
8451 
8452       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
8453         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8454         return;
8455       }
8456 
8457       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8458     }
8459 
8460     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8461 
8462     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
8463       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
8464         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
8465         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
8466           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
8467             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
8468         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
8469           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
8470             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
8471         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
8472         return;
8473       }
8474       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
8475     }
8476 
8477     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
8478       // Treat std::move as a use.
8479       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
8480         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
8481           if (FD->getIdentifier() && FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
8482             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
8483             return;
8484           }
8485         }
8486       }
8487 
8488       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
8489     }
8490 
8491     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
8492       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
8493         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
8494         Visit(E->getRHS());
8495         return;
8496       }
8497 
8498       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
8499     }
8500 
8501     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
8502     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
8503     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
8504     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
8505       Visit(E->getCond());
8506       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
8507     }
8508 
8509     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8510       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8511       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8512       unsigned diag;
8513       if (isReferenceType) {
8514         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8515       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8516         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8517       } else {
8518         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8519       }
8520 
8521       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8522                             S.PDiag(diag)
8523                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8524                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8525                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8526     }
8527   };
8528 
8529   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8530   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8531                                  bool DirectInit) {
8532     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8533     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8534     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8535       return;
8536 
8537     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8538 
8539     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8540     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8541     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8542       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8543         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8544           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8545             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8546               return;
8547 
8548     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
8549   }
8550 }
8551 
8552 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8553 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8554 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8555 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8556                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8557   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8558   // the initializer.
8559   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8560     return;
8561 
8562   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8563     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8564     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8565     // Thus this grotesque test.
8566     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8567     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8568         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8569       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8570     else {
8571       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8572         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8573       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8574     }
8575     return;
8576   }
8577 
8578   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8579   if (!VDecl) {
8580     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8581     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8582     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8583     return;
8584   }
8585   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8586 
8587   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8588   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8589     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8590     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8591     // contains exactly one expression.
8592     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8593       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8594         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8595         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8596         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8597              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8598                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8599           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8600           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8601         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8602         return;
8603       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8604         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8605              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8606                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8607                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8608           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8609           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8610         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8611         return;
8612       } else {
8613         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8614         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8615           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8616                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8617             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8618             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8619       }
8620     }
8621 
8622     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8623     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8624     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8625         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8626       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8627       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8628         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8629         return;
8630       }
8631       Init = Result.get();
8632       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8633     }
8634 
8635     QualType DeducedType;
8636     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8637             DAR_Failed)
8638       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8639     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8640       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8641       return;
8642     }
8643     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8644     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8645 
8646     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8647     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8648       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8649 
8650     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8651     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8652     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8653     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8654     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8655         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8656       SourceLocation Loc =
8657           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8658       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8659         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8660     }
8661 
8662     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8663     // the previously declared type.
8664     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8665       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8666       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8667       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8668     }
8669 
8670     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8671     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8672     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8673       return;
8674   }
8675 
8676   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8677   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8678     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8679     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8680     return;
8681   }
8682 
8683   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8684     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8685     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8686     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8687     return;
8688   }
8689 
8690   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8691     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8692     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8693     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8694     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8695     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8696       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8697     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8698                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8699       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8700       return;
8701     }
8702 
8703     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8704     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8705                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8706                                AbstractVariableType))
8707       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8708   }
8709 
8710   const VarDecl *Def;
8711   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8712     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8713       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8714     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8715     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8716     return;
8717   }
8718 
8719   const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr;
8720   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8721     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8722     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8723     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8724     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8725     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8726     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8727     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8728     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8729     //
8730     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8731     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8732     // declaration with an initializer.
8733     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8734       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8735           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8736       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8737       return;
8738     }
8739 
8740     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8741       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8742 
8743     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8744       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8745       return;
8746     }
8747   }
8748 
8749   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8750   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8751   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8752     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8753     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8754     return;
8755   }
8756 
8757   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8758   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8759   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8760 
8761   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8762   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8763   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8764       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8765     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8766     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8767       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8768       return;
8769     }
8770     Init = Result.get();
8771   }
8772 
8773   // Perform the initialization.
8774   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8775     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8776     InitializationKind Kind
8777       = DirectInit ?
8778           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8779                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8780                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8781                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8782                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8783                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8784                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8785 
8786     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8787     if (CXXDirectInit)
8788       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8789                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8790 
8791     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8792     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8793     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8794       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8795       return;
8796     }
8797 
8798     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
8799   }
8800 
8801   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8802   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8803   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8804   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8805       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8806     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8807   }
8808 
8809   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8810   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8811   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8812   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8813   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8814     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8815 
8816   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8817     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8818 
8819     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8820       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8821 
8822     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8823     // Although this code can still have problems:
8824     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8825     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8826     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8827     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8828     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8829     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
8830         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8831                          Init->getLocStart()))
8832         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8833   }
8834 
8835   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8836   //
8837   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8838   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8839   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8840   //
8841   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8842   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8843   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8844   //
8845   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8846   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8847                                           false,
8848                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8849   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8850     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8851     return;
8852   }
8853   Init = Result.get();
8854 
8855   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8856   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8857 
8858   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8859     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8860     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8861     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8862     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8863       const Expr *Culprit;
8864       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8865         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8866       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8867       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8868       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8869       // constant expressions.
8870       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8871                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8872                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8873         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
8874              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8875           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8876     }
8877   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8878              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8879     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8880     //
8881     // struct S {
8882     //   static const int value = 17;
8883     // };
8884 
8885     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8886     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8887     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8888     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8889     //
8890     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8891     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8892     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8893     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8894     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8895     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8896     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8897     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8898     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8899 
8900     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8901     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8902 
8903     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8904     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8905     // type.
8906     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8907 
8908     // Require constness.
8909     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8910       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8911         << Init->getSourceRange();
8912       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8913 
8914     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8915     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8916       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8917       SourceLocation Loc;
8918       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8919         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8920         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8921         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8922       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8923         ; // Nothing to check.
8924       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8925         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8926       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8927         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8928         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8929         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8930           << Init->getSourceRange();
8931       } else {
8932         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8933         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8934         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8935           << Init->getSourceRange();
8936         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8937       }
8938 
8939     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8940     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8941       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8942       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8943       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8944         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8945              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8946             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8947         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8948              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8949             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8950       } else {
8951         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8952           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8953 
8954         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8955           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8956             << Init->getSourceRange();
8957           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8958         }
8959       }
8960 
8961     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8962     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8963       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8964         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8965         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8966       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8967 
8968     } else {
8969       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8970         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8971       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8972     }
8973   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8974     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8975         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8976          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8977            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8978         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8979       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8980 
8981     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8982     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8983       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8984   }
8985 
8986   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8987   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8988   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8989   //
8990   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8991   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8992   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8993   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8994   // special case code.
8995 
8996   // C++ 8.5p11:
8997   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
8998   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
8999   // class type.
9000   if (CXXDirectInit) {
9001     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
9002     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9003   } else if (DirectInit) {
9004     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
9005     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
9006   }
9007 
9008   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
9009 }
9010 
9011 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
9012 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
9013 /// of sanity.
9014 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
9015   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
9016   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
9017   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9018 
9019   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9020   if (!VD) return;
9021 
9022   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
9023   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
9024     D->setInvalidDecl();
9025     return;
9026   }
9027 
9028   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
9029   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
9030 
9031   // Require a complete type.
9032   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
9033                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
9034                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9035     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9036     return;
9037   }
9038 
9039   // Require a non-abstract type.
9040   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
9041                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9042                              AbstractVariableType)) {
9043     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9044     return;
9045   }
9046 
9047   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
9048   // though.
9049 }
9050 
9051 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
9052                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9053   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
9054   if (!RealDecl)
9055     return;
9056 
9057   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9058     QualType Type = Var->getType();
9059 
9060     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
9061     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
9062       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
9063         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
9064       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9065       return;
9066     }
9067 
9068     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
9069     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
9070     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
9071     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
9072     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
9073     // member.
9074     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9075       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
9076         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9077              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
9078           << Var->getDeclName();
9079       else
9080         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
9081       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9082       return;
9083     }
9084 
9085     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
9086     // be initialized.
9087     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9088         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
9089         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
9090       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
9091       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9092       return;
9093     }
9094 
9095     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9096     case VarDecl::Definition:
9097       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
9098         break;
9099 
9100       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
9101       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
9102       // a declaration.
9103       //
9104       // Fall through
9105 
9106     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
9107       // It's only a declaration.
9108 
9109       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
9110       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
9111       // object shall be complete.
9112       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
9113           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9114           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9115                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
9116         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9117 
9118       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
9119       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9120           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9121                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9122                                  AbstractVariableType))
9123         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9124       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9125           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
9126         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
9127         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
9128       }
9129 
9130       return;
9131 
9132     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
9133       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
9134       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
9135       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
9136       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
9137       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
9138       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
9139         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
9140                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
9141           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9142                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
9143                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
9144             Var->setInvalidDecl();
9145         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
9146           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
9147           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
9148           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
9149           // NOTE: code such as the following
9150           //     static struct s;
9151           //     struct s { int a; };
9152           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
9153           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
9154           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
9155           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
9156             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9157                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
9158         }
9159       }
9160 
9161       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
9162       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
9163         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
9164       return;
9165     }
9166 
9167     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9168     // definitions with incomplete array type.
9169     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
9170       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9171            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
9172       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9173       return;
9174     }
9175 
9176     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9177     // definitions with reference type.
9178     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
9179       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
9180         << Var->getDeclName()
9181         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
9182       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9183       return;
9184     }
9185 
9186     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
9187     // variable with dependent type.
9188     if (Type->isDependentType())
9189       return;
9190 
9191     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
9192       return;
9193 
9194     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9195       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9196                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
9197                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9198         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9199         return;
9200       }
9201     }
9202 
9203     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9204     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9205                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9206                                AbstractVariableType)) {
9207       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9208       return;
9209     }
9210 
9211     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
9212     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
9213     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
9214     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
9215     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
9216     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
9217     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
9218     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
9219     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
9220     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
9221     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9222       if (const RecordType *Record
9223             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9224         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
9225         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
9226         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
9227         // incompatibilities with C++98.
9228         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
9229           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9230       }
9231     }
9232 
9233     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
9234     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
9235     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
9236     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
9237     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
9238     //   type shall have a user-declared default
9239     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
9240     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
9241     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
9242     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
9243     //   program is ill-formed.
9244     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
9245     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
9246     //   default-initialized; [...].
9247     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
9248     InitializationKind Kind
9249       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
9250 
9251     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9252     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9253     if (Init.isInvalid())
9254       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9255     else if (Init.get()) {
9256       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
9257       // This is important for template substitution.
9258       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9259     }
9260 
9261     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
9262   }
9263 }
9264 
9265 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
9266   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9267   if (!VD) {
9268     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
9269     D->setInvalidDecl();
9270     return;
9271   }
9272 
9273   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9274 
9275   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
9276   int Error = -1;
9277   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
9278   case SC_None:
9279     break;
9280   case SC_Extern:
9281     Error = 0;
9282     break;
9283   case SC_Static:
9284     Error = 1;
9285     break;
9286   case SC_PrivateExtern:
9287     Error = 2;
9288     break;
9289   case SC_Auto:
9290     Error = 3;
9291     break;
9292   case SC_Register:
9293     Error = 4;
9294     break;
9295   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
9296     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
9297   }
9298   if (VD->isConstexpr())
9299     Error = 5;
9300   if (Error != -1) {
9301     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
9302       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
9303     D->setInvalidDecl();
9304   }
9305 }
9306 
9307 StmtResult
9308 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
9309                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
9310                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
9311                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
9312   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
9313   //   A range-based for statement of the form
9314   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9315   //   is equivalent to
9316   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9317   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9318 
9319   const char *PrevSpec;
9320   unsigned DiagID;
9321   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
9322                      getPrintingPolicy());
9323 
9324   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
9325   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
9326   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
9327 
9328   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9329   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
9330                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
9331   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
9332   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9333   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
9334   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
9335                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
9336 }
9337 
9338 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
9339   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9340 
9341   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
9342   // local retaining variable.
9343   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9344       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9345     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
9346     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9347     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9348     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9349       break;
9350 
9351     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9352     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9353       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9354       break;
9355     }
9356   }
9357 
9358   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
9359   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
9360   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9361   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9362   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9363   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9364       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9365       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9366       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9367                                   var->getLocation())) {
9368     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9369     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9370     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9371       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9372 
9373     if (!prev)
9374       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9375   }
9376 
9377   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9378     const Expr *Culprit;
9379     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9380       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9381       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9382       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9383       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9384       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9385         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9386     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9387                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9388                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9389       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9390       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9391       //   initialization.
9392       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9393       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9394         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9395       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9396         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9397     }
9398 
9399   }
9400 
9401   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9402       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9403     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9404     int SectionFlags = PSF_Implicit | PSF_Read;
9405     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9406       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9407     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9408       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9409       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
9410     } else {
9411       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9412       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
9413     }
9414     if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue)
9415       var->addAttr(
9416           SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9417                                       Stack->CurrentValue->getString(),
9418                                       Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9419     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9420       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9421         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9422 
9423     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
9424     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
9425     // attribute.
9426     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
9427       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
9428                                                CurInitSegLoc));
9429   }
9430 
9431   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9432   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9433 
9434   QualType type = var->getType();
9435   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9436 
9437   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9438   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9439     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9440     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9441 
9442     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9443     // constructing this copy.
9444     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9445       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9446       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9447       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9448       ExprResult result
9449         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9450             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9451             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9452       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9453         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9454         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9455         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9456       }
9457     }
9458   }
9459 
9460   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9461   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
9462   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9463 
9464   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9465       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9466     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9467         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9468                                     var->getLocation())) {
9469       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9470       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9471       // warned about them.
9472       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9473       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9474           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9475         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9476           << Init->getSourceRange();
9477     }
9478 
9479     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9480       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9481       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9482         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9483         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9484         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9485         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9486               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9487           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9488           Notes.clear();
9489         }
9490         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9491           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9492         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9493           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9494       }
9495     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9496       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9497       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9498       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9499       var->checkInitIsICE();
9500     }
9501   }
9502 
9503   // Require the destructor.
9504   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9505     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9506 }
9507 
9508 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9509 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9510 void
9511 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9512   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9513   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9514 
9515   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9516   if (!VD)
9517     return;
9518 
9519   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9520 
9521   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
9522   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
9523     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
9524             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
9525       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
9526         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
9527         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
9528         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
9529       }
9530     }
9531   }
9532 
9533   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
9534   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
9535 
9536   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
9537   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
9538     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
9539         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9540       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
9541       // with a warning.
9542       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
9543         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
9544       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
9545           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
9546           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9547 
9548       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
9549            IsClassTemplateMember
9550                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
9551                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
9552       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
9553       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
9554         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9555     }
9556   }
9557 
9558   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
9559   // isn't exported with the variable.
9560   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
9561     Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
9562                                                                   << DLLAttr;
9563     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9564   }
9565 
9566   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9567     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9568       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9569       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9570     }
9571   }
9572 
9573   if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9574       VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
9575     if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
9576       if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9577         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
9578             << VD->getDeclName();
9579         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9580         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9581       }
9582     }
9583   }
9584 
9585   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9586   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9587   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9588   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9589     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9590 
9591   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9592   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
9593       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
9594     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9595 
9596   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9597   // tag values.
9598   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9599       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9600     return;
9601 
9602   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9603     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9604     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9605       continue;
9606     }
9607     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9608     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9609       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9610            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9611         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9612       continue;
9613     }
9614     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9615       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9616            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9617         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9618       continue;
9619     }
9620     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9621     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9622                                MagicValue,
9623                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9624                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9625                                I->getMustBeNull());
9626   }
9627 }
9628 
9629 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9630                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9631   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9632 
9633   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9634     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9635 
9636   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
9637   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9638     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9639       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9640         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9641           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9642       Decls.push_back(D);
9643     }
9644 
9645   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9646     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9647       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
9648       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9649         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9650     }
9651   }
9652 
9653   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9654 }
9655 
9656 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9657 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9658 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9659 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
9660                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9661   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9662   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9663   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9664   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9665   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9666   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9667   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9668   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9669     QualType Deduced;
9670     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9671     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
9672     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9673       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9674         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9675         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9676         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9677           break;
9678         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9679         if (!U.isNull()) {
9680           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9681           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9682             Deduced = U;
9683             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9684             DeducedDecl = D;
9685           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9686             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9687                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9688               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9689               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9690               << U << D->getDeclName()
9691               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9692               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9693             D->setInvalidDecl();
9694             break;
9695           }
9696         }
9697       }
9698     }
9699   }
9700 
9701   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9702 
9703   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9704       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9705 }
9706 
9707 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9708   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9709 }
9710 
9711 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9712   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9713   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9714    return;
9715 
9716   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation()))
9717     return;
9718 
9719   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9720     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9721     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9722     // additional declaration references:
9723     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9724     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9725     //   'struct S *pS;'
9726     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9727     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9728     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9729       Group = Group.slice(1);
9730     }
9731   }
9732 
9733   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9734   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9735   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9736       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9737     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9738     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9739     //
9740     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9741     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9742     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9743     // ahead through comments.
9744     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9745       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9746   }
9747 }
9748 
9749 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9750 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9751 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9752   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9753 
9754   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9755 
9756   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9757   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
9758   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9759     StorageClass = SC_Register;
9760   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9761              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9762     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9763   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9764     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9765          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9766     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9767   }
9768 
9769   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9770     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9771       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9772   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9773     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9774       << 0;
9775 
9776   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9777 
9778   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9779   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9780 
9781   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9782     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9783     // parameter.
9784     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9785 
9786     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9787     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9788       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9789         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9790       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9791     }
9792   }
9793 
9794   // Ensure we have a valid name
9795   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
9796   if (D.hasName()) {
9797     II = D.getIdentifier();
9798     if (!II) {
9799       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9800         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9801       D.setInvalidType(true);
9802     }
9803   }
9804 
9805   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9806   if (II) {
9807     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9808                    ForRedeclaration);
9809     LookupName(R, S);
9810     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9811       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9812       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9813         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9814         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9815         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9816         PrevDecl = nullptr;
9817       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9818         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9819         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9820 
9821         // Recover by removing the name
9822         II = nullptr;
9823         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9824         D.setInvalidType(true);
9825       }
9826     }
9827   }
9828 
9829   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9830   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9831   // looking like class members in C++.
9832   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9833                                     D.getLocStart(),
9834                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9835                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9836                                     StorageClass);
9837 
9838   if (D.isInvalidType())
9839     New->setInvalidDecl();
9840 
9841   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9842   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9843   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9844                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9845 
9846   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9847   S->AddDecl(New);
9848   if (II)
9849     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9850 
9851   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9852 
9853   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9854     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9855       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9856       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9857       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9858 
9859   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9860     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9861   }
9862   return New;
9863 }
9864 
9865 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9866 /// typedef.
9867 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9868                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9869                                               QualType T) {
9870   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9871      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9872      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9873   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
9874                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9875                                            SC_None, nullptr);
9876   Param->setImplicit();
9877   return Param;
9878 }
9879 
9880 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9881                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9882   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9883   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9884   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9885     return;
9886 
9887   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9888     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9889         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9890       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9891         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9892     }
9893   }
9894 }
9895 
9896 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9897                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9898                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9899                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9900   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9901     return;
9902 
9903   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9904   // threshold.
9905   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9906     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9907     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9908       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9909           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9910   }
9911 
9912   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9913   // threshold.
9914   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9915     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9916     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9917       continue;
9918     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9919     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9920       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9921           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9922   }
9923 }
9924 
9925 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9926                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9927                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9928                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9929   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9930   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9931       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9932       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9933 
9934     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9935 
9936     // Special cases for arrays:
9937     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9938     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9939     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9940       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9941         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9942             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9943             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9944       }
9945       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9946     } else {
9947       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9948     }
9949     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9950   }
9951 
9952   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9953                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9954                                          TSInfo,
9955                                          StorageClass, nullptr);
9956 
9957   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9958   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9959   // the class has been completely parsed.
9960   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9961       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9962                              AbstractParamType))
9963     New->setInvalidDecl();
9964 
9965   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9966   // passed by reference.
9967   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9968     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9969     Diag(NameLoc,
9970          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9971       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9972     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9973     New->setType(T);
9974   }
9975 
9976   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9977   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9978   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9979   // an address space.
9980   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9981     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
9982     // to be qualified with an address space.
9983     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
9984       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9985       New->setInvalidDecl();
9986     }
9987   }
9988 
9989   return New;
9990 }
9991 
9992 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9993                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9994   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9995 
9996   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
9997   // for a K&R function.
9998   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
9999     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
10000       --i;
10001       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
10002         SmallString<256> Code;
10003         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
10004             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
10005         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
10006             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
10007             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
10008 
10009         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
10010         // type.
10011         AttributeFactory attrs;
10012         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
10013         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
10014         unsigned DiagID; // unused
10015         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
10016                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10017         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
10018         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10019         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10020         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
10021         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10022         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
10023       }
10024     }
10025   }
10026 }
10027 
10028 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
10029   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
10030   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
10031   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
10032 
10033   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
10034   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
10035   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
10036 }
10037 
10038 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
10039   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
10040 }
10041 
10042 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
10043                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10044   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
10045   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10046     return false;
10047 
10048   // Or declarations that aren't global.
10049   if (!FD->isGlobal())
10050     return false;
10051 
10052   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
10053   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
10054     return false;
10055 
10056   // Don't warn about 'main'.
10057   if (FD->isMain())
10058     return false;
10059 
10060   // Don't warn about inline functions.
10061   if (FD->isInlined())
10062     return false;
10063 
10064   // Don't warn about function templates.
10065   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10066     return false;
10067 
10068   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
10069   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
10070     return false;
10071 
10072   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
10073   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
10074     return false;
10075 
10076   bool MissingPrototype = true;
10077   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
10078        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
10079     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
10080     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
10081     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
10082       continue;
10083 
10084     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
10085     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
10086       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
10087     break;
10088   }
10089 
10090   return MissingPrototype;
10091 }
10092 
10093 void
10094 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
10095                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
10096   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
10097   // was an extern inline function.
10098   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
10099   if (!Definition)
10100     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
10101       return;
10102 
10103   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
10104     return;
10105 
10106   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
10107       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
10108     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
10109         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
10110   else
10111     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
10112 
10113   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10114   FD->setInvalidDecl();
10115 }
10116 
10117 
10118 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
10119                                    Sema &S) {
10120   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
10121 
10122   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
10123   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
10124   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
10125   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
10126   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
10127 
10128   if (LCD == LCD_None)
10129     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
10130   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
10131     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
10132   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
10133     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
10134   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
10135 
10136   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
10137   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
10138 
10139   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
10140   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
10141   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
10142   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
10143     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
10144       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
10145       if (VD->isInitCapture())
10146         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
10147       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
10148       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
10149       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
10150           /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(),
10151           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
10152                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
10153           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10154 
10155     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
10156       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
10157                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10158     } else {
10159       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
10160     }
10161     ++I;
10162   }
10163 }
10164 
10165 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
10166   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
10167   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
10168 
10169   if (!D)
10170     return D;
10171   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
10172 
10173   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
10174     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
10175   else
10176     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
10177   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
10178   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
10179   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
10180   // LambdaScopeInfo.
10181   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
10182   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
10183   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
10184   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
10185   // have the LSI properly restored.
10186   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
10187     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
10188       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
10189       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
10190     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
10191   }
10192   else
10193     // Enter a new function scope
10194     PushFunctionScope();
10195 
10196   // See if this is a redefinition.
10197   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
10198     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
10199 
10200   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
10201   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10202     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
10203         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
10204       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
10205       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10206     }
10207   }
10208 
10209   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
10210   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
10211   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
10212   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
10213       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10214       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
10215                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
10216     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10217 
10218   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
10219   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
10220   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
10221   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
10222   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
10223   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
10224   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
10225     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
10226 
10227     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10228       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
10229       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
10230       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
10231               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
10232         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
10233         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
10234           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
10235                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
10236             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
10237             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
10238       }
10239     }
10240   }
10241 
10242   if (FnBodyScope)
10243     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
10244 
10245   // Check the validity of our function parameters
10246   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10247                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
10248 
10249   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
10250   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
10251     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
10252 
10253     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10254     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
10255       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
10256 
10257       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
10258     }
10259   }
10260 
10261   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
10262   // introduce them into the function scope.
10263   if (FnBodyScope) {
10264     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
10265              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
10266              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
10267          I != E; ++I) {
10268       NamedDecl *D = *I;
10269 
10270       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
10271       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
10272       // and reattach to the current context.
10273       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
10274         // Is the decl actually in the context?
10275         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
10276           if (DI == D) {
10277             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
10278             break;
10279           }
10280         }
10281         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
10282         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10283       }
10284 
10285       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
10286       if (!D->getName().empty())
10287         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10288 
10289       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
10290       // accessible in this scope.
10291       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
10292         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
10293           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10294       }
10295     }
10296   }
10297 
10298   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
10299   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10300     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
10301 
10302   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
10303   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
10304       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
10305     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
10306     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
10307     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10308     return D;
10309   }
10310   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
10311   // a function template).
10312   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
10313   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10314       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
10315       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
10316     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
10317 
10318   return D;
10319 }
10320 
10321 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
10322 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
10323 /// optimization.
10324 ///
10325 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
10326 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
10327 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
10328 /// use the named return value optimization.
10329 ///
10330 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
10331 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
10332 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
10333 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
10334   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
10335 
10336   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
10337     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
10338       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
10339         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
10340     }
10341   }
10342 }
10343 
10344 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
10345   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
10346   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
10347     return false;
10348 
10349   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
10350   // return type (yet).
10351   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
10352     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
10353     // we can still delay parsing it.
10354     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
10355       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
10356       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
10357           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
10358         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
10359         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
10360       }
10361     }
10362     return false;
10363   }
10364 
10365   return true;
10366 }
10367 
10368 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
10369   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
10370   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
10371   // rest of the file.
10372   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
10373   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
10374   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
10375     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
10376       return false;
10377   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
10378 }
10379 
10380 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
10381   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
10382     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10383   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10384     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10385   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10386 }
10387 
10388 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10389   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10390 }
10391 
10392 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10393                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10394   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10395 
10396   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10397   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10398 
10399   if (FD) {
10400     FD->setBody(Body);
10401 
10402     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10403         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10404       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10405       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10406       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10407       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10408         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10409             << FD->getReturnType();
10410         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10411       } else {
10412         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10413         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
10414             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc();
10415         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10416             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10417       }
10418     }
10419 
10420     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
10421     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
10422     // is the first declaration.
10423     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
10424       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
10425         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10426       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
10427                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
10428                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
10429         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10430     }
10431 
10432     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
10433     // don't complain about missing return statements.
10434     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
10435       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
10436 
10437     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10438     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10439     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10440       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
10441 
10442     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10443       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10444       if (Body)
10445         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10446       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10447                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10448 
10449       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
10450       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10451         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10452 
10453       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10454       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10455       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10456       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10457           !FD->isDependentContext())
10458         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10459     }
10460 
10461     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
10462            "Function parsing confused");
10463   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
10464     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
10465     MD->setBody(Body);
10466     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10467       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
10468       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
10469                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
10470 
10471       if (Body)
10472         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10473     }
10474     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
10475       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
10476         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
10477       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
10478     }
10479     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
10480       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
10481       bool isDesignated =
10482           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
10483       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
10484       (void)isDesignated;
10485 
10486       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
10487         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
10488         if (!IFace)
10489           return false;
10490         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
10491         if (!SuperD)
10492           return false;
10493         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
10494             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
10495       };
10496       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
10497       // of NSObject.
10498       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
10499         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10500              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
10501         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
10502              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
10503       }
10504       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
10505     }
10506     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
10507       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
10508       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
10509         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
10510       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
10511     }
10512   } else {
10513     return nullptr;
10514   }
10515 
10516   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
10517          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
10518          "handled in the block above.");
10519 
10520   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
10521   if (Body) {
10522     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10523     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10524     // Verify this.
10525     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10526       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10527 
10528     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10529     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10530         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10531       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10532 
10533     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10534       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10535         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10536 
10537       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10538                                              Destructor->getParent());
10539     }
10540 
10541     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10542     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10543     // deletion in some later function.
10544     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10545         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10546       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10547     }
10548     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10549         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10550       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10551       // enabled.
10552       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10553     }
10554 
10555     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10556         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10557          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10558       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10559 
10560     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
10561       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
10562         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
10563           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
10564           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
10565           FD->setInvalidDecl();
10566           break;
10567         }
10568       }
10569     }
10570 
10571     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
10572     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
10573     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
10574            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
10575   }
10576 
10577   if (!IsInstantiation)
10578     PopDeclContext();
10579 
10580   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
10581   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10582   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10583   // deletion in some later function.
10584   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
10585     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10586   }
10587 
10588   return dcl;
10589 }
10590 
10591 
10592 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
10593 /// relevant Decl.
10594 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
10595                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
10596   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
10597   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
10598     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
10599   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
10600 
10601   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
10602     if (Method->isStatic())
10603       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
10604 }
10605 
10606 
10607 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
10608 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
10609 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
10610                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
10611   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
10612   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
10613   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
10614   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
10615   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
10616     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
10617     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10618     return ExternCPrev;
10619   }
10620 
10621   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
10622   unsigned diag_id;
10623   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
10624     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
10625   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
10626     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
10627   else
10628     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
10629   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
10630 
10631   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
10632   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
10633   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
10634     TypoCorrection Corrected;
10635     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
10636     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
10637                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, Validator,
10638                                       CTK_NonError)))
10639       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
10640                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
10641   }
10642 
10643   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
10644   const char *Dummy;
10645   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
10646   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
10647   unsigned DiagID;
10648   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
10649                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10650   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
10651   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
10652   SourceLocation NoLoc;
10653   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
10654   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
10655                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
10656                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10657                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
10658                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
10659                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
10660                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10661                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
10662                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
10663                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10664                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10665                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10666                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
10667                                              EST_None,
10668                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
10669                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
10670                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
10671                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
10672                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
10673                                              Loc, Loc, D),
10674                 DS.getAttributes(),
10675                 SourceLocation());
10676   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
10677 
10678   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
10679 
10680   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
10681   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10682 
10683   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
10684   FD->setImplicit();
10685 
10686   CurContext = PrevDC;
10687 
10688   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
10689 
10690   return FD;
10691 }
10692 
10693 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
10694 /// the declaration of this function.
10695 ///
10696 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
10697 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10698 /// like NSLog or printf.
10699 ///
10700 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10701 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10702 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10703   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10704     return;
10705 
10706   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10707   // actual attributes.
10708   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10709     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10710     unsigned FormatIdx;
10711     bool HasVAListArg;
10712     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10713       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10714         const char *fmt = "printf";
10715         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10716         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10717             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10718           fmt = "NSString";
10719         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10720                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10721                                                FormatIdx+1,
10722                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10723                                                FD->getLocation()));
10724       }
10725     }
10726     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10727                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10728      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10729        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10730                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10731                                               FormatIdx+1,
10732                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10733                                               FD->getLocation()));
10734     }
10735 
10736     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10737     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10738     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10739     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10740         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10741       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10742         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10743     }
10744 
10745     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10746         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10747       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10748                                          FD->getLocation()));
10749     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10750       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10751     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10752       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10753   }
10754 
10755   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10756   if (!Name)
10757     return;
10758   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10759        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10760       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10761        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10762        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10763     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10764     // about.
10765   } else
10766     return;
10767 
10768   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10769     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10770     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10771     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10772       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10773                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10774                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
10775                                              FD->getLocation()));
10776   }
10777 
10778   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10779     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10780     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10781     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10782       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
10783                                                 FD->getLocation()));
10784   }
10785 }
10786 
10787 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10788                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10789   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10790   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10791 
10792   if (!TInfo) {
10793     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10794     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10795   }
10796 
10797   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10798   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10799                                            D.getLocStart(),
10800                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10801                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10802                                            TInfo);
10803 
10804   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10805   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10806     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10807     return NewTD;
10808   }
10809 
10810   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10811     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10812       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10813         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10814         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10815         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10816     else
10817       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10818   }
10819 
10820   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10821   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10822   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10823   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10824   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10825   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10826   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10827   case TST_enum:
10828   case TST_struct:
10829   case TST_interface:
10830   case TST_union:
10831   case TST_class: {
10832     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10833 
10834     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10835     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10836     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10837     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10838 
10839     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10840     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10841 
10842     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10843     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10844       break;
10845 
10846     // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
10847     // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
10848     // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
10849     // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
10850     // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
10851     // for how to handle it.
10852     if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
10853       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
10854 
10855       SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc();
10856       tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
10857 
10858       llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
10859       textToInsert += ' ';
10860       textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName();
10861       Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
10862         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
10863       break;
10864     }
10865 
10866     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10867     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10868     break;
10869   }
10870 
10871   default:
10872     break;
10873   }
10874 
10875   return NewTD;
10876 }
10877 
10878 
10879 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10880 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10881   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10882   QualType T = TI->getType();
10883 
10884   if (T->isDependentType())
10885     return false;
10886 
10887   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10888     if (BT->isInteger())
10889       return false;
10890 
10891   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10892   return true;
10893 }
10894 
10895 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10896 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10897 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10898                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10899                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10900   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10901 
10902   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10903     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10904       << Prev->isScoped();
10905     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10906     return true;
10907   }
10908 
10909   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10910     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10911         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10912         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10913                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10914       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
10915       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10916         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10917       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
10918           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
10919       return true;
10920     }
10921   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10922     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10923       << Prev->isFixed();
10924     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10925     return true;
10926   }
10927 
10928   return false;
10929 }
10930 
10931 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10932 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10933 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10934 ///
10935 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10936 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10937   switch (Tag) {
10938   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10939   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10940   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10941   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10942   }
10943 }
10944 
10945 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10946 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10947 ///
10948 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10949 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10950 {
10951   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10952 }
10953 
10954 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10955 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10956 ///
10957 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10958 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10959                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10960                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10961                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10962   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10963   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10964   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10965   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10966   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10967   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10968   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10969   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10970   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10971   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10972   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10973   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10974   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10975   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10976   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10977     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10978       return true;
10979 
10980   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10981     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10982     bool isTemplate = false;
10983     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10984       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10985 
10986     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10987       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10988       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10989       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10990         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10991         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10992       return true;
10993     }
10994 
10995     if (isDefinition) {
10996       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
10997       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
10998       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10999         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
11000         return true;
11001       }
11002 
11003       bool previousMismatch = false;
11004       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
11005         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
11006           if (!previousMismatch) {
11007             previousMismatch = true;
11008             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
11009               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11010               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
11011           }
11012           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11013             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
11014             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
11015                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
11016         }
11017       }
11018       return true;
11019     }
11020 
11021     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
11022     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
11023     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
11024     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
11025                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
11026     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
11027       return true;
11028     }
11029 
11030     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11031       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11032       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11033     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11034 
11035     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
11036     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11037         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11038           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
11039           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
11040                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
11041     }
11042 
11043     return true;
11044   }
11045   return false;
11046 }
11047 
11048 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
11049 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
11050 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
11051 ///   namespace N {
11052 ///     struct X;
11053 ///     namespace M {
11054 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
11055 ///     }
11056 ///   }
11057 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
11058                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
11059   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
11060   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
11061   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
11062   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
11063   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11064   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
11065     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
11066     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
11067     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
11068     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
11069       return FixItHint();
11070     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
11071     Namespaces.push_back(II);
11072     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
11073         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
11074     if (Lookup == Namespace)
11075       break;
11076   }
11077 
11078   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
11079   // build an NNS.
11080   SmallString<64> Insertion;
11081   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
11082   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
11083     OS << "::";
11084   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
11085   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
11086     OS << II->getName() << "::";
11087   OS.flush();
11088   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
11089 }
11090 
11091 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
11092 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
11093 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
11094 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
11095 ///
11096 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or
11097 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
11098 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
11099                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
11100                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
11101                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
11102                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
11103                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11104                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
11105                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
11106                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
11107                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
11108                      bool IsTypeSpecifier) {
11109   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
11110   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
11111   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
11112          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
11113   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
11114 
11115   OwnedDecl = false;
11116   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
11117   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
11118 
11119   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
11120   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
11121   bool Invalid = false;
11122 
11123   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
11124   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
11125   // for non-C++ cases.
11126   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
11127       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
11128     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
11129             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
11130                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
11131                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
11132       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11133         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
11134         return nullptr;
11135       }
11136 
11137       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
11138         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
11139         // be a member of another template).
11140 
11141         if (Invalid)
11142           return nullptr;
11143 
11144         OwnedDecl = false;
11145         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
11146                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
11147                                                TemplateParams, AS,
11148                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
11149                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
11150                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
11151                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
11152         return Result.get();
11153       } else {
11154         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
11155         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
11156           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
11157         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
11158       }
11159     }
11160   }
11161 
11162   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
11163   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
11164   // redeclaration.
11165   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
11166 
11167   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11168     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
11169       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
11170       // type, default to int.
11171       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11172     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
11173       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
11174       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
11175       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
11176       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
11177       EnumUnderlying = TI;
11178 
11179       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
11180         // Recover by falling back to int.
11181         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11182 
11183       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
11184                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
11185         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11186 
11187     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11188       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
11189       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11190   }
11191 
11192   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
11193   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
11194   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
11195 
11196   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
11197   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
11198     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
11199 
11200   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
11201   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11202     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
11203 
11204     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
11205     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
11206       Name = nullptr;
11207       goto CreateNewDecl;
11208     }
11209 
11210     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
11211     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
11212     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11213       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
11214       if (!DC) {
11215         IsDependent = true;
11216         return nullptr;
11217       }
11218     } else {
11219       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
11220       if (!DC) {
11221         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
11222           << SS.getRange();
11223         return nullptr;
11224       }
11225     }
11226 
11227     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
11228       return nullptr;
11229 
11230     SearchDC = DC;
11231     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
11232     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
11233 
11234     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11235       return nullptr;
11236 
11237     if (Previous.empty()) {
11238       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
11239       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
11240       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
11241       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
11242       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
11243       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
11244       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
11245           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11246         IsDependent = true;
11247         return nullptr;
11248       }
11249 
11250       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
11251       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
11252         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
11253       Name = nullptr;
11254       Invalid = true;
11255       goto CreateNewDecl;
11256     }
11257   } else if (Name) {
11258     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
11259     // declaration or definition.
11260     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
11261     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
11262     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
11263     LookupName(Previous, S);
11264 
11265     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
11266     // by types using'ed into this scope.
11267     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
11268         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
11269       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11270       while (F.hasNext()) {
11271         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11272         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
11273           F.erase();
11274       }
11275       F.done();
11276     }
11277 
11278     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
11279     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
11280     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
11281     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
11282     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
11283     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
11284     //
11285     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
11286     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
11287     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
11288     //
11289     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
11290     // semantic context?
11291     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11292       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11293       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11294       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
11295       while (F.hasNext()) {
11296         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11297         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11298         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
11299             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
11300           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11301             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
11302           else
11303             F.erase();
11304         }
11305       }
11306       F.done();
11307 
11308       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
11309       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
11310       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
11311         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11312         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
11313             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
11314       }
11315     }
11316 
11317     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
11318     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11319       return nullptr;
11320 
11321     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
11322       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
11323       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
11324       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
11325       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
11326       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
11327         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11328     }
11329   }
11330 
11331   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
11332       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
11333     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11334     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
11335     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11336     Previous.clear();
11337   }
11338 
11339   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
11340       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
11341     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
11342     isStdBadAlloc = true;
11343 
11344     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
11345       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
11346       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
11347       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
11348       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
11349     }
11350   }
11351 
11352   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
11353   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
11354   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
11355   // there's a shadow friend decl.
11356   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
11357       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11358     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
11359     assert(SS.isEmpty());
11360 
11361     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11362       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
11363       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
11364       //
11365       //          class-key identifier
11366       //
11367       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
11368       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
11369       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
11370       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
11371       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
11372       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
11373       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
11374       //      declaration.
11375       //
11376       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
11377       // C structs and unions.
11378       //
11379       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
11380       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
11381       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
11382       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
11383       //
11384       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
11385       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
11386       //
11387       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
11388       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
11389       // lexical context,
11390       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11391         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11392 
11393       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
11394       while (S->isClassScope() ||
11395              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11396               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
11397              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
11398              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
11399         S = S->getParent();
11400     } else {
11401       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
11402       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
11403       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
11404       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
11405       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
11406       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11407     }
11408 
11409     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
11410     // diagnose some problems.
11411     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11412       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
11413       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
11414     }
11415   }
11416 
11417   if (!Previous.empty()) {
11418     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11419     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
11420         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
11421 
11422     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
11423     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
11424     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
11425     // in C++.
11426     //
11427     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
11428     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
11429     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
11430     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
11431     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11432       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11433         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
11434           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
11435           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
11436               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
11437                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
11438             PrevDecl = Tag;
11439             Previous.clear();
11440             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
11441             Previous.resolveKind();
11442           }
11443         }
11444       }
11445     }
11446 
11447     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11448       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
11449       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
11450       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
11451       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
11452           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11453                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11454         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
11455         // struct or something similar.
11456         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
11457                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
11458                                           *Name)) {
11459           bool SafeToContinue
11460             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
11461                Kind != TTK_Enum);
11462           if (SafeToContinue)
11463             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
11464               << Name
11465               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
11466                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
11467           else
11468             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
11469           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11470 
11471           if (SafeToContinue)
11472             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
11473           else {
11474             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
11475             Name = nullptr;
11476             Previous.clear();
11477             Invalid = true;
11478           }
11479         }
11480 
11481         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
11482           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
11483 
11484           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
11485           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
11486           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11487             if (ScopedEnum)
11488               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
11489                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
11490                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
11491             return PrevTagDecl;
11492           }
11493 
11494           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
11495           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11496             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
11497           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
11498             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
11499 
11500           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
11501           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
11502           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
11503           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
11504                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
11505             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
11506         }
11507 
11508         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
11509         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
11510         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
11511         //   and then later defined.
11512         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
11513             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11514           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
11515           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11516         }
11517 
11518         if (!Invalid) {
11519           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
11520           // we have attributes.
11521 
11522           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
11523           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
11524           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
11525           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
11526           if (!Attr &&
11527               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
11528                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
11529                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
11530             return PrevTagDecl;
11531 
11532           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
11533           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11534             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
11535               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
11536               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
11537               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
11538               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
11539               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
11540                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
11541                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11542                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11543                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11544                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
11545                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11546                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11547                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11548               }
11549 
11550               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
11551                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
11552                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
11553                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
11554                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
11555                 else
11556                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
11557                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11558                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
11559                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
11560                 // references get the previous definition.
11561                 Name = nullptr;
11562                 Previous.clear();
11563                 Invalid = true;
11564               }
11565             } else {
11566               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
11567               // about a nested redefinition.
11568               const TagType *Tag
11569                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
11570               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11571                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
11572                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
11573                      diag::note_previous_definition);
11574                 Name = nullptr;
11575                 Previous.clear();
11576                 Invalid = true;
11577               }
11578             }
11579 
11580             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
11581             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
11582           }
11583 
11584           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
11585           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
11586           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
11587           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11588             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
11589             AS = AS_none;
11590           }
11591         }
11592         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
11593         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
11594 
11595       } else {
11596         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
11597         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
11598         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
11599         // have distinct types.
11600         Previous.clear();
11601       }
11602       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
11603       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
11604       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
11605 
11606 
11607     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
11608     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
11609     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
11610     } else {
11611       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
11612       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
11613       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
11614       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
11615           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
11616         unsigned Kind = 0;
11617         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11618         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11619         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11620         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
11621         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
11622         Invalid = true;
11623 
11624       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
11625       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11626                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11627         // do nothing
11628 
11629       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
11630       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11631         unsigned Kind = 0;
11632         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11633         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11634         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11635         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
11636         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11637         Invalid = true;
11638 
11639       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
11640       // case here.
11641       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11642         unsigned Kind = 0;
11643         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11644         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
11645           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
11646         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11647         Invalid = true;
11648 
11649       // Otherwise, diagnose.
11650       } else {
11651         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
11652         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
11653         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
11654         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11655         Name = nullptr;
11656         Invalid = true;
11657       }
11658 
11659       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
11660       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
11661       Previous.clear();
11662     }
11663   }
11664 
11665 CreateNewDecl:
11666 
11667   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
11668   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
11669     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
11670 
11671   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
11672   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
11673   // keyword.
11674   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
11675 
11676   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
11677   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
11678   // PrevDecl.
11679   TagDecl *New;
11680 
11681   bool IsForwardReference = false;
11682   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11683     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11684     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
11685     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11686                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
11687                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
11688     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
11689     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
11690       TagDecl *Def;
11691       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
11692           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
11693         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
11694         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
11695       }
11696       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
11697         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
11698           << New;
11699         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11700       } else {
11701         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
11702         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11703           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
11704         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11705           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
11706         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
11707 
11708         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
11709         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
11710         // the declaration context.
11711         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
11712           IsForwardReference = true;
11713       }
11714     }
11715 
11716     if (EnumUnderlying) {
11717       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
11718       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11719         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
11720       else
11721         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
11722       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
11723     }
11724 
11725   } else {
11726     // struct/union/class
11727 
11728     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11729     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
11730     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11731       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
11732       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11733                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11734 
11735       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
11736         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
11737     } else
11738       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11739                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11740   }
11741 
11742   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
11743   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
11744   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11745     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
11746       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11747     Invalid = true;
11748   }
11749 
11750   // Maybe add qualifier info.
11751   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11752     if (SS.isSet()) {
11753       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
11754       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
11755       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
11756       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
11757       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
11758       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
11759           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
11760           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
11761         Invalid = true;
11762 
11763       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
11764       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
11765         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
11766                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
11767                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
11768       }
11769     }
11770     else
11771       Invalid = true;
11772   }
11773 
11774   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
11775     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
11776     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
11777     //
11778     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
11779     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
11780     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
11781     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
11782     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
11783     // parsing of the struct).
11784     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11785       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
11786       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11787     }
11788   }
11789 
11790   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11791     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11792       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11793         << 2
11794         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11795     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11796     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11797     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11798     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11799       New->setModulePrivate();
11800   }
11801 
11802   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11803   // check the specialization.
11804   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11805     Invalid = true;
11806 
11807   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
11808   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
11809   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11810   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
11811       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
11812     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11813       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
11814       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
11815       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
11816         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
11817             << Name;
11818         Invalid = true;
11819       }
11820     } else {
11821       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11822     }
11823     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11824   }
11825 
11826   if (Invalid)
11827     New->setInvalidDecl();
11828 
11829   if (Attr)
11830     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11831 
11832   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11833   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11834   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11835 
11836   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11837   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11838   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11839   // the tag name visible.
11840   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11841     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
11842 
11843   // Set the access specifier.
11844   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11845     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11846 
11847   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11848     New->startDefinition();
11849 
11850   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11851   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11852     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11853     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11854     if (PrevDecl)
11855       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
11856 
11857     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11858     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11859     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
11860       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
11861         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
11862   } else if (Name) {
11863     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11864     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
11865     if (IsForwardReference)
11866       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11867 
11868   } else {
11869     CurContext->addDecl(New);
11870   }
11871 
11872   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
11873   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
11874     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
11875         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
11876         II->isStr("FILE"))
11877       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
11878 
11879   if (PrevDecl)
11880     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11881 
11882   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11883   // record.
11884   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11885 
11886   OwnedDecl = true;
11887   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11888   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11889   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
11890 }
11891 
11892 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11893   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11894   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11895 
11896   // Enter the tag context.
11897   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11898 
11899   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11900 
11901   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11902   // record.
11903   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11904 }
11905 
11906 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11907   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11908          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11909   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11910   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11911       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11912   CurContext = OCD;
11913   return IDecl;
11914 }
11915 
11916 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11917                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11918                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11919                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11920   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11921   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11922 
11923   FieldCollector->StartClass();
11924 
11925   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11926     return;
11927 
11928   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11929     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11930                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11931 
11932   // C++ [class]p2:
11933   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11934   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11935   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11936   //   as if it were a public member name.
11937   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11938     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11939                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11940                             Record->getIdentifier(),
11941                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
11942                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11943   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11944   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11945   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11946   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11947       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11948   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11949   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11950          "Broken injected-class-name");
11951 }
11952 
11953 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11954                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11955   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11956   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11957   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11958 
11959   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11960   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11961     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11962     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11963       RD->completeDefinition();
11964   }
11965 
11966   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11967     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11968 
11969   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11970   PopDeclContext();
11971 
11972   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11973       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11974     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11975 
11976   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11977   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11978     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11979 }
11980 
11981 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11982   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11983   PopDeclContext();
11984 }
11985 
11986 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11987   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11988   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11989   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11990 }
11991 
11992 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11993   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11994   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
11995 }
11996 
11997 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11998   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11999   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12000   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
12001 
12002   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12003   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12004     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12005       RD->completeDefinition();
12006   }
12007 
12008   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
12009   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
12010   // the FieldCollector.
12011 
12012   PopDeclContext();
12013 }
12014 
12015 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
12016 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
12017                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
12018                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
12019                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
12020   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
12021   if (ZeroWidth)
12022     *ZeroWidth = true;
12023 
12024   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
12025   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
12026   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12027     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
12028     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
12029       return ExprError();
12030     if (FieldName)
12031       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
12032         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12033     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
12034       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12035   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
12036                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
12037     return ExprError();
12038 
12039   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
12040   // it now.
12041   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
12042     return BitWidth;
12043 
12044   llvm::APSInt Value;
12045   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
12046   if (ICE.isInvalid())
12047     return ICE;
12048   BitWidth = ICE.get();
12049 
12050   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
12051     *ZeroWidth = false;
12052 
12053   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
12054   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
12055     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
12056 
12057   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
12058     if (FieldName)
12059       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12060                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
12061     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12062       << Value.toString(10);
12063   }
12064 
12065   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
12066     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
12067     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
12068       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
12069           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12070         if (FieldName)
12071           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12072             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12073             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12074 
12075         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12076           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12077       }
12078 
12079       if (FieldName)
12080         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12081           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12082           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12083       else
12084         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12085           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12086     }
12087   }
12088 
12089   return BitWidth;
12090 }
12091 
12092 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
12093 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
12094 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
12095                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
12096   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
12097                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
12098                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
12099   return Res;
12100 }
12101 
12102 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
12103 ///
12104 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
12105                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
12106                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
12107                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12108                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
12109   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12110   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12111   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12112 
12113   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12114   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12115   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12116     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
12117 
12118     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
12119                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
12120       D.setInvalidType();
12121       T = Context.IntTy;
12122       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
12123     }
12124   }
12125 
12126   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
12127   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
12128     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
12129     D.setInvalidType();
12130   }
12131 
12132   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
12133   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
12134   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
12135     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
12136     D.setInvalidType();
12137   }
12138 
12139   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
12140 
12141   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
12142     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
12143          diag::err_invalid_thread)
12144       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
12145 
12146   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
12147   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12148   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
12149   LookupName(Previous, S);
12150   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
12151     case LookupResult::Found:
12152     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
12153       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
12154       break;
12155 
12156     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
12157       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12158       break;
12159 
12160     case LookupResult::NotFound:
12161     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
12162     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
12163       break;
12164   }
12165   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
12166 
12167   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12168     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12169     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
12170     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12171     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12172   }
12173 
12174   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
12175     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12176 
12177   bool Mutable
12178     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
12179   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
12180   FieldDecl *NewFD
12181     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
12182                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
12183 
12184   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
12185     Record->setInvalidDecl();
12186 
12187   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12188     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
12189 
12190   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
12191     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
12192     // with the same name in the same scope.
12193   } else if (II) {
12194     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
12195   } else
12196     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
12197 
12198   return NewFD;
12199 }
12200 
12201 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
12202 ///
12203 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
12204 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
12205 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
12206 /// created.
12207 ///
12208 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
12209 ///
12210 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
12211 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
12212                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12213                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
12214                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
12215                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12216                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
12217                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
12218                                 Declarator *D) {
12219   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
12220   bool InvalidDecl = false;
12221   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
12222 
12223   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
12224   // marking this declaration as invalid.
12225   if (T.isNull()) {
12226     InvalidDecl = true;
12227     T = Context.IntTy;
12228   }
12229 
12230   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
12231   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12232     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12233       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
12234       Record->setInvalidDecl();
12235       InvalidDecl = true;
12236     } else {
12237       NamedDecl *Def;
12238       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
12239       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
12240         Record->setInvalidDecl();
12241         InvalidDecl = true;
12242       }
12243     }
12244   }
12245 
12246   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
12247   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12248     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
12249     InvalidDecl = true;
12250   }
12251 
12252   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12253   // than a variably modified type.
12254   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12255     bool SizeIsNegative;
12256     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
12257 
12258     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
12259       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
12260                                                     SizeIsNegative,
12261                                                     Oversized);
12262     if (FixedTInfo) {
12263       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
12264       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
12265       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
12266     } else {
12267       if (SizeIsNegative)
12268         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
12269       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
12270         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
12271           << Oversized.toString(10);
12272       else
12273         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
12274       InvalidDecl = true;
12275     }
12276   }
12277 
12278   // Fields can not have abstract class types
12279   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
12280                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12281                                              AbstractFieldType))
12282     InvalidDecl = true;
12283 
12284   bool ZeroWidth = false;
12285   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
12286   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
12287     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
12288                               &ZeroWidth).get();
12289     if (!BitWidth) {
12290       InvalidDecl = true;
12291       BitWidth = nullptr;
12292       ZeroWidth = false;
12293     }
12294   }
12295 
12296   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
12297   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
12298     unsigned DiagID = 0;
12299     if (T->isReferenceType())
12300       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
12301     else if (T.isConstQualified())
12302       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
12303 
12304     if (DiagID) {
12305       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
12306       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
12307         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
12308       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
12309       Mutable = false;
12310       InvalidDecl = true;
12311     }
12312   }
12313 
12314   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
12315   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
12316   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
12317   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
12318     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
12319 
12320   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
12321                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
12322   if (InvalidDecl)
12323     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12324 
12325   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12326     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12327     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12328     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12329   }
12330 
12331   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12332     if (Record->isUnion()) {
12333       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12334         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12335         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12336           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
12337           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
12338           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
12339           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
12340           // objects.
12341           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
12342             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12343         }
12344       }
12345 
12346       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
12347       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
12348       // enabled.
12349       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
12350         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
12351                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
12352                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
12353           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
12354         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
12355           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12356       }
12357     }
12358   }
12359 
12360   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
12361   // representation, not a parser representation.
12362   if (D) {
12363     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
12364     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
12365 
12366     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
12367       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
12368   }
12369 
12370   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
12371   // retainable type.
12372   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
12373     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12374 
12375   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
12376     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
12377 
12378   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
12379   return NewFD;
12380 }
12381 
12382 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
12383   assert(FD);
12384   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
12385 
12386   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
12387     return false;
12388 
12389   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12390   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12391     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12392     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12393       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
12394       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
12395       // copy constructors.
12396 
12397       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
12398       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
12399       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
12400       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
12401       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
12402       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
12403       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
12404         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
12405       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
12406         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
12407       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
12408         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
12409       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
12410         member = CXXDestructor;
12411 
12412       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
12413         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
12414             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
12415           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
12416           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
12417           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
12418           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
12419           // members unavailable.
12420           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
12421           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
12422             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
12423               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12424                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
12425                                   Loc));
12426             return false;
12427           }
12428         }
12429 
12430         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
12431                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
12432                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
12433           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
12434         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
12435         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
12436       }
12437     }
12438   }
12439 
12440   return false;
12441 }
12442 
12443 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
12444 ///  AST enum value.
12445 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
12446 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
12447   switch (ivarVisibility) {
12448   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
12449   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
12450   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
12451   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
12452   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
12453   }
12454 }
12455 
12456 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
12457 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
12458 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
12459                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
12460                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
12461                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
12462 
12463   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12464   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
12465   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12466   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12467 
12468   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
12469   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
12470 
12471   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12472   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12473 
12474   if (BitWidth) {
12475     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
12476     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
12477     if (!BitWidth)
12478       D.setInvalidType();
12479   } else {
12480     // Not a bitfield.
12481 
12482     // validate II.
12483 
12484   }
12485   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
12486     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
12487     D.setInvalidType();
12488   }
12489   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12490   // than a variably modified type.
12491   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12492     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
12493     D.setInvalidType();
12494   }
12495 
12496   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
12497   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
12498     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
12499                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
12500   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
12501   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
12502   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12503     return nullptr;
12504   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
12505   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12506       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12507     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
12508     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
12509       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
12510       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
12511     }
12512     else
12513       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12514   } else {
12515     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12516         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12517       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
12518         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
12519         return nullptr;
12520       }
12521     }
12522     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12523   }
12524 
12525   // Construct the decl.
12526   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
12527                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
12528                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
12529 
12530   if (II) {
12531     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
12532                                            ForRedeclaration);
12533     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
12534         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12535       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12536       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12537       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12538     }
12539   }
12540 
12541   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
12542   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
12543 
12544   if (D.isInvalidType())
12545     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12546 
12547   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
12548   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
12549     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12550 
12551   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12552     NewID->setModulePrivate();
12553 
12554   if (II) {
12555     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
12556     // these to the interface.
12557     S->AddDecl(NewID);
12558     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
12559   }
12560 
12561   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
12562       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
12563     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
12564 
12565   return NewID;
12566 }
12567 
12568 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
12569 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
12570 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
12571 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
12572 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
12573                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
12574   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
12575     return;
12576 
12577   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
12578   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
12579 
12580   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
12581     return;
12582   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
12583   if (!ID) {
12584     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
12585       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
12586         return;
12587     }
12588     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
12589     else
12590       return;
12591   }
12592   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
12593   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
12594   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
12595 
12596   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
12597                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
12598                               Context.CharTy,
12599                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
12600                                                                DeclLoc),
12601                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
12602                               true);
12603   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
12604 }
12605 
12606 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
12607                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
12608                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
12609   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
12610 
12611   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
12612   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
12613   // it will now change.
12614   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12615     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12616     switch (DC->getKind()) {
12617     default: break;
12618     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
12619       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12620       break;
12621     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
12622       Context.
12623         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12624       break;
12625     }
12626   }
12627 
12628   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12629 
12630   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
12631   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
12632   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
12633   if (Record) {
12634     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
12635       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
12636         if (IFD->getDeclName())
12637           ++NumNamedMembers;
12638     }
12639   }
12640 
12641   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
12642   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
12643 
12644   bool ARCErrReported = false;
12645   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
12646        i != end; ++i) {
12647     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
12648 
12649     // Get the type for the field.
12650     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
12651 
12652     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
12653       // Remember all fields written by the user.
12654       RecFields.push_back(FD);
12655     }
12656 
12657     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
12658     // diagnostics about it.
12659     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12660       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12661       continue;
12662     }
12663 
12664     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
12665     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
12666     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
12667     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
12668     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
12669     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
12670     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
12671     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
12672     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
12673     //   array.
12674     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
12675       // Field declared as a function.
12676       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
12677         << FD->getDeclName();
12678       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12679       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12680       continue;
12681     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
12682                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
12683                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
12684                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
12685                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
12686       // Flexible array member.
12687       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
12688       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
12689       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
12690       unsigned DiagID = 0;
12691       if (Record->isUnion())
12692         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12693                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
12694                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12695                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
12696                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
12697       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
12698         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12699                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
12700                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12701                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
12702                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
12703                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
12704                                  : 0;
12705 
12706       if (DiagID)
12707         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
12708                                         << Record->getTagKind();
12709       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
12710       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
12711       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
12712       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
12713       // of the type.
12714       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
12715         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
12716           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
12717             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12718       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
12719         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
12720           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12721 
12722       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
12723       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
12724       //
12725       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
12726       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
12727       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12728       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
12729         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
12730           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12731         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12732         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12733         continue;
12734       }
12735       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
12736       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12737     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
12738                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12739                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12740       // Incomplete type
12741       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12742       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12743       continue;
12744     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12745       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
12746         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
12747         // flexible array member.
12748         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12749         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
12750           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
12751           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
12752           // structures.
12753           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
12754             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
12755               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12756           else {
12757             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
12758             // other structs as an extension.
12759             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
12760               << FD->getDeclName();
12761           }
12762         }
12763       }
12764       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
12765           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12766                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12767                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
12768         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
12769         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12770       }
12771       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12772         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12773       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
12774         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12775     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
12776       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
12777       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
12778         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
12779       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
12780       FD->setType(T);
12781     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
12782                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
12783       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
12784       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
12785       // so we just make the field unavailable.
12786       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
12787       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
12788       QualType T = FD->getType();
12789       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
12790       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
12791         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
12792         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
12793           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
12794             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12795                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
12796                               loc));
12797           }
12798         } else {
12799           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
12800             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
12801         }
12802         ARCErrReported = true;
12803       }
12804     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
12805                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
12806                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
12807       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12808           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
12809         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12810       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
12811         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12812         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
12813             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12814           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12815         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12816                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
12817                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12818       }
12819     }
12820     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12821       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12822     // Keep track of the number of named members.
12823     if (FD->getIdentifier())
12824       ++NumNamedMembers;
12825   }
12826 
12827   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12828   if (Record) {
12829     bool Completed = false;
12830     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12831       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12832         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12833         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12834                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12835                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12836           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12837 
12838         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12839           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12840             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12841             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12842               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12843                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12844           }
12845 
12846           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12847           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12848 
12849           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12850           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12851           // problem now.
12852           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
12853             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
12854             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
12855 
12856             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
12857                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
12858                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
12859               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
12860                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
12861                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
12862                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
12863                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
12864                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
12865                   continue;
12866 
12867                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
12868                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
12869                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
12870                 //   program is ill-formed.
12871                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
12872                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
12873                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
12874                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
12875                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
12876                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
12877                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
12878                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
12879                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
12880                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
12881 
12882                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
12883               }
12884             }
12885             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12886             Completed = true;
12887           }
12888         }
12889       }
12890     }
12891 
12892     if (!Completed)
12893       Record->completeDefinition();
12894 
12895     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
12896       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12897 
12898       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
12899         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
12900                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
12901                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
12902     }
12903 
12904     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
12905     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
12906     // compatibility problems.
12907     bool CheckForZeroSize;
12908     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12909       CheckForZeroSize = true;
12910     } else {
12911       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
12912       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
12913       CheckForZeroSize =
12914           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
12915           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
12916           CXXRecord->isCLike();
12917     }
12918     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
12919       bool ZeroSize = true;
12920       bool IsEmpty = true;
12921       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12922       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12923                                       E = Record->field_end();
12924            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12925         IsEmpty = false;
12926         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12927           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12928             ZeroSize = false;
12929         } else {
12930           ++NonBitFields;
12931           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12932           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12933               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12934             ZeroSize = false;
12935         }
12936       }
12937 
12938       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
12939       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
12940       // extern "C" block.
12941       if (ZeroSize) {
12942         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
12943                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
12944                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
12945           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12946       }
12947 
12948       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
12949       // but are accepted by GCC.
12950       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12951         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
12952                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
12953           << Record->isUnion();
12954       }
12955     }
12956   } else {
12957     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12958       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12959     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12960       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12961       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12962       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12963         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12964         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12965       }
12966       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12967       // duplicates.
12968       if (ID->getSuperClass())
12969         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
12970     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12971                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12972       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
12973       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
12974         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
12975         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
12976         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
12977       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
12978       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12979       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12980     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12981                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12982       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12983       // reported as errors elsewhere.
12984       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12985       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12986       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12987       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12988       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12989       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12990         if (IDecl) {
12991           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12992               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12993             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12994                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12995             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12996             continue;
12997           }
12998           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
12999             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
13000                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13001               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13002                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13003               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13004               continue;
13005             }
13006           }
13007         }
13008         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
13009         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13010       }
13011       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13012       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13013     }
13014   }
13015 
13016   if (Attr)
13017     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
13018 }
13019 
13020 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
13021 /// the given type T.
13022 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
13023                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
13024                                         QualType T) {
13025   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13026   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
13027 
13028   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
13029     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
13030       --BitWidth;
13031     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
13032   }
13033   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
13034 }
13035 
13036 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
13037 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
13038 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
13039   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
13040   // enum checking below.
13041   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13042   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
13043   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13044     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
13045   };
13046   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13047     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
13048     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
13049   };
13050 
13051   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
13052   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
13053                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
13054   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
13055     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
13056       return Types[I];
13057 
13058   return QualType();
13059 }
13060 
13061 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
13062                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
13063                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
13064                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
13065                                           Expr *Val) {
13066   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13067   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
13068   QualType EltTy;
13069 
13070   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
13071     Val = nullptr;
13072 
13073   if (Val)
13074     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
13075 
13076   if (Val) {
13077     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
13078       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13079     else {
13080       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
13081       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
13082           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13083         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
13084         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
13085         // constant expression of the underlying type.
13086         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13087         ExprResult Converted =
13088           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
13089                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
13090         if (Converted.isInvalid())
13091           Val = nullptr;
13092         else
13093           Val = Converted.get();
13094       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
13095                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
13096                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
13097         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
13098       } else {
13099         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13100           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13101 
13102           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
13103           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
13104           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
13105           // expression checking.
13106           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13107             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13108               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13109               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13110             } else
13111               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13112           } else
13113             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13114         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13115           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
13116           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13117           //   is the type of its initializing value:
13118           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
13119           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
13120           EltTy = Val->getType();
13121         } else {
13122           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
13123           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
13124           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
13125           //   representable as an int.
13126 
13127           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
13128           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
13129             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13130               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
13131               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
13132           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
13133             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
13134             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13135           }
13136           EltTy = Val->getType();
13137         }
13138       }
13139     }
13140   }
13141 
13142   if (!Val) {
13143     if (Enum->isDependentType())
13144       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13145     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
13146       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13147       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13148       //   is the type of its initializing value:
13149       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
13150       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
13151       //
13152       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
13153       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
13154       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13155         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13156       }
13157       else {
13158         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
13159       }
13160     } else {
13161       // Assign the last value + 1.
13162       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13163       ++EnumVal;
13164       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
13165 
13166       // Check for overflow on increment.
13167       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
13168         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13169         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13170         //   is the type of its initializing value:
13171         //
13172         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
13173         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
13174         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
13175         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
13176         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
13177         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
13178         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
13179         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
13180           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
13181           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
13182           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13183           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
13184           ++EnumVal;
13185           if (Enum->isFixed())
13186             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
13187             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
13188               << EnumVal.toString(10)
13189               << EltTy;
13190           else
13191             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
13192               << EnumVal.toString(10);
13193         } else {
13194           EltTy = T;
13195         }
13196 
13197         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
13198         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
13199         // value, then increment.
13200         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13201         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13202         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13203         ++EnumVal;
13204 
13205         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
13206         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
13207         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
13208         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
13209         // integral type.
13210         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
13211           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
13212       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13213                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13214         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
13215         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13216           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
13217       }
13218     }
13219   }
13220 
13221   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
13222     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
13223     // enumerator's type.
13224     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13225     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13226   }
13227 
13228   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
13229                                   Val, EnumVal);
13230 }
13231 
13232 
13233 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
13234                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
13235                               AttributeList *Attr,
13236                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
13237   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
13238   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
13239     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
13240 
13241   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
13242   // we find one that is.
13243   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13244 
13245   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
13246   // scope.
13247   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13248                                          ForRedeclaration);
13249   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13250     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13251     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
13252     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13253     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13254   }
13255 
13256   if (PrevDecl) {
13257     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
13258     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
13259     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
13260            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
13261     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
13262       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
13263         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
13264       else
13265         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
13266       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13267       return nullptr;
13268     }
13269   }
13270 
13271   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
13272   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
13273   // different from T:
13274   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
13275   // enumerated type
13276   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
13277                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
13278                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13279     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
13280         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
13281       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
13282 
13283   EnumConstantDecl *New =
13284     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
13285 
13286   if (New) {
13287     // Process attributes.
13288     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13289 
13290     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
13291     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
13292     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
13293   }
13294 
13295   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
13296 
13297   return New;
13298 }
13299 
13300 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
13301 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
13302 // Element2 = Element1
13303 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
13304 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
13305 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
13306 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
13307   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
13308   if (!InitExpr)
13309     return true;
13310   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
13311 
13312   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
13313     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
13314       return true;
13315     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
13316     if (!IL)
13317       return true;
13318     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
13319       return true;
13320 
13321     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
13322   }
13323 
13324   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
13325   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
13326   if (!DRE)
13327     return true;
13328 
13329   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13330   if (!EnumConstant)
13331     return true;
13332 
13333   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
13334       Enum)
13335     return true;
13336 
13337   return false;
13338 }
13339 
13340 struct DupKey {
13341   int64_t val;
13342   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
13343   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
13344     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
13345 };
13346 
13347 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
13348   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
13349                 false);
13350 }
13351 
13352 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
13353   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
13354   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
13355   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
13356     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
13357   }
13358   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
13359     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
13360            LHS.val == RHS.val;
13361   }
13362 };
13363 
13364 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
13365 // a previous element has already been set to.
13366 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13367                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
13368                                         QualType EnumType) {
13369   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
13370     return;
13371   // Avoid anonymous enums
13372   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
13373     return;
13374 
13375   // Only check for small enums.
13376   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
13377     return;
13378 
13379   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
13380   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
13381 
13382   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
13383   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
13384           ValueToVectorMap;
13385 
13386   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
13387   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
13388 
13389   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
13390   // an initialier.
13391   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13392     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13393 
13394     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
13395     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
13396     if (!ECD) {
13397       return;
13398     }
13399 
13400     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
13401       continue;
13402 
13403     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13404     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13405 
13406     // First time encountering this value.
13407     if (Entry.isNull())
13408       Entry = ECD;
13409   }
13410 
13411   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
13412   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13413     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13414     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
13415       continue;
13416 
13417     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13418 
13419     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13420     if (Entry.isNull())
13421       continue;
13422 
13423     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
13424       // Ensure constants are different.
13425       if (D == ECD)
13426         continue;
13427 
13428       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
13429       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
13430       Vec->push_back(D);
13431       Vec->push_back(ECD);
13432 
13433       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
13434       Entry = Vec;
13435 
13436       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
13437       // diagnostics.
13438       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
13439       continue;
13440     }
13441 
13442     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
13443     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
13444     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
13445       continue;
13446 
13447     Vec->push_back(ECD);
13448   }
13449 
13450   // Emit diagnostics.
13451   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
13452                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
13453        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
13454     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
13455     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
13456 
13457     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
13458     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
13459     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
13460       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13461       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13462     ++I;
13463 
13464     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
13465     // the same value.
13466     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
13467       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
13468         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13469         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13470     delete Vec;
13471   }
13472 }
13473 
13474 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
13475                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
13476                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13477                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
13478   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
13479   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
13480 
13481   if (Attr)
13482     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
13483 
13484   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
13485     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13486       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13487         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13488       if (!ECD) continue;
13489 
13490       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13491     }
13492 
13493     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
13494     return;
13495   }
13496 
13497   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
13498   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
13499   // emit a warning.
13500   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13501   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
13502   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
13503 
13504   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
13505   // reverse the list.
13506   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
13507   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
13508 
13509   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
13510   bool AllElementsInt = true;
13511 
13512   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13513     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13514       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13515     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13516 
13517     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13518 
13519     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
13520     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
13521       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
13522                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
13523     else
13524       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
13525                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
13526 
13527     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
13528     if (AllElementsInt)
13529       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
13530   }
13531 
13532   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
13533   QualType BestType;
13534   unsigned BestWidth;
13535 
13536   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
13537   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
13538   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
13539   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
13540   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
13541   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
13542   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
13543   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
13544   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
13545   QualType BestPromotionType;
13546 
13547   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
13548   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
13549   // enum definitions.
13550   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
13551     Packed = true;
13552 
13553   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13554     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
13555     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
13556       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
13557     else
13558       BestPromotionType = BestType;
13559     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
13560     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
13561     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
13562     BestWidth = CharWidth;
13563   }
13564   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
13565     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
13566     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
13567     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13568     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
13569       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
13570       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13571     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
13572                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
13573       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
13574       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13575     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
13576       BestType = Context.IntTy;
13577       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13578     } else {
13579       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
13580 
13581       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
13582         BestType = Context.LongTy;
13583       } else {
13584         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13585 
13586         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
13587           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
13588         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
13589       }
13590     }
13591     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
13592   } else {
13593     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
13594     // all of the enumerator values.
13595     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13596     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
13597       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
13598       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13599       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13600     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
13601       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
13602       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13603       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13604     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
13605       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
13606       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13607       BestPromotionType
13608         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13609                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
13610     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
13611                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
13612       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
13613       BestPromotionType
13614         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13615                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
13616     } else {
13617       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13618       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
13619              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
13620       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
13621       BestPromotionType
13622         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13623                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
13624     }
13625   }
13626 
13627   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
13628   // the type of the enum if needed.
13629   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13630     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13631     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13632 
13633     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
13634     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
13635     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
13636     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
13637     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
13638 
13639     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
13640     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13641 
13642     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
13643     // the enum decl type.
13644     QualType NewTy;
13645     unsigned NewWidth;
13646     bool NewSign;
13647     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13648         !Enum->isFixed() &&
13649         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
13650       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
13651       NewWidth = IntWidth;
13652       NewSign = true;
13653     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
13654       // Already the right type!
13655       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13656         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13657         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13658         // enumeration.
13659         ECD->setType(EnumType);
13660       continue;
13661     } else {
13662       NewTy = BestType;
13663       NewWidth = BestWidth;
13664       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
13665     }
13666 
13667     // Adjust the APSInt value.
13668     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
13669     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
13670     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
13671 
13672     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
13673     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
13674         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
13675       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
13676                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
13677                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
13678                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
13679                                                 VK_RValue));
13680     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13681       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13682       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13683       // enumeration.
13684       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13685     else
13686       ECD->setType(NewTy);
13687   }
13688 
13689   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
13690                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
13691 
13692   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
13693 
13694   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
13695   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
13696     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
13697 }
13698 
13699 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
13700                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
13701                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
13702   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
13703 
13704   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
13705                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
13706                                                    EndLoc);
13707   CurContext->addDecl(New);
13708   return New;
13709 }
13710 
13711 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
13712                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13713                                      DeclContext *DC) {
13714   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
13715     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
13716     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
13717       if (!M->IsExternC) {
13718         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
13719           << M->getFullModuleName();
13720         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
13721         return;
13722       }
13723       break;
13724     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
13725       break;
13726     }
13727     DC = LSD->getParent();
13728   }
13729 
13730   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
13731     DC = DC->getParent();
13732   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
13733     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13734       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
13735     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
13736            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13737       << DC;
13738   }
13739 }
13740 
13741 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
13742                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13743                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
13744   Module *Mod =
13745       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
13746                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
13747   if (!Mod)
13748     return true;
13749 
13750   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
13751 
13752   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
13753   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
13754   // silently ignoring the import.
13755   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
13756     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
13757         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
13758   else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule)
13759     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
13760         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule;
13761 
13762   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
13763   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
13764   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
13765     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
13766     // We need the length to be consistent.
13767     if (!ModCheck)
13768       break;
13769     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
13770 
13771     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
13772   }
13773 
13774   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
13775                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
13776                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
13777                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
13778   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
13779   return Import;
13780 }
13781 
13782 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
13783   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
13784 
13785   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
13786   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
13787                                       /*Complain=*/true);
13788 }
13789 
13790 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
13791                                                       Module *Mod) {
13792   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
13793   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
13794     return;
13795 
13796   // Create the implicit import declaration.
13797   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
13798   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
13799                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
13800   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
13801   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
13802 
13803   // Make the module visible.
13804   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
13805                                       /*Complain=*/false);
13806 }
13807 
13808 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13809                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13810                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13811                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
13812                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13813   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
13814                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13815   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
13816                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
13817 
13818   if (PrevDecl)
13819     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
13820   else
13821     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13822       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
13823 }
13824 
13825 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13826                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13827                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
13828   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
13829 
13830   if (PrevDecl) {
13831     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
13832   } else {
13833     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13834       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
13835         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
13836   }
13837 }
13838 
13839 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13840                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13841                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13842                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
13843                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13844   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
13845                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13846   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
13847 
13848   if (PrevDecl) {
13849     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
13850       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
13851         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
13852   } else {
13853     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13854       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
13855   }
13856 }
13857 
13858 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
13859   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
13860 }
13861 
13862 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
13863   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
13864   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
13865   // both the availability of the method as well as the
13866   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
13867   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
13868   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
13869   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
13870     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
13871     if (R != AR_Available)
13872       return R;
13873     D = MD->getClassInterface();
13874   }
13875   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
13876   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
13877   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
13878             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
13879     D = ID->getClassInterface();
13880   }
13881   // Recover from user error.
13882   return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available;
13883 }
13884